2011-06-22 Pedro Alves <pedro@codesourcery.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
24 #include <ctype.h>
25 #include "hashtab.h"
26 #include "symtab.h"
27 #include "frame.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
30 #include "gdbtypes.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
32 #include "gdbcore.h"
33 #include "gdbcmd.h"
34 #include "value.h"
35 #include "command.h"
36 #include "inferior.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "target.h"
39 #include "language.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
41 #include "demangle.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
43 #include "annotate.h"
44 #include "symfile.h"
45 #include "objfiles.h"
46 #include "source.h"
47 #include "linespec.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "gdb.h"
50 #include "ui-out.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
53 #include "block.h"
54 #include "solib.h"
55 #include "solist.h"
56 #include "observer.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
58 #include "memattr.h"
59 #include "ada-lang.h"
60 #include "top.h"
61 #include "wrapper.h"
62 #include "valprint.h"
63 #include "jit.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
68
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
72
73 /* readline defines this. */
74 #undef savestring
75
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
78
79 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80
81 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82
83 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
84
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
90 void *),
91 void *);
92
93 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
94
95 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
96
97 static void clear_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void catch_command (char *, int);
100
101 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
102
103 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
104
105 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
108 static. */
109 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
110 struct symtab_and_line,
111 enum bptype);
112
113 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
114
115 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
116 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
117 enum bptype bptype);
118
119 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
121 struct obj_section *, int);
122
123 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
124 CORE_ADDR addr1,
125 struct address_space *aspace2,
126 CORE_ADDR addr2);
127
128 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
129 struct bp_location *loc2);
130
131 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
132 struct address_space *aspace,
133 CORE_ADDR addr);
134
135 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
136
137 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
138
139 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
140 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
141
142 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
143
144 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
145
146 static void commands_command (char *, int);
147
148 static void condition_command (char *, int);
149
150 typedef enum
151 {
152 mark_inserted,
153 mark_uninserted
154 }
155 insertion_state_t;
156
157 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
158 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
159
160 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
161
162 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
163
164 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
165
166 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
167
168 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
169
170 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
171
172 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
173
174 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
175
176 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
177
178 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
179
180 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
181
182 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
183
184 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
185
186 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
187 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
188
189 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
190
191 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
192
193 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
194 CORE_ADDR pc);
195
196 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
197 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
198 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
199
200 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
201
202 static void update_global_location_list (int);
203
204 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
205
206 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
207
208 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
209
210 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
211
212 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
213
214 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
215
216 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
217
218 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
219
220 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
223
224 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
225
226 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
227 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
228 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
229 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
230
231 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
232 breakpoints share a single command list. */
233 struct counted_command_line
234 {
235 /* The reference count. */
236 int refc;
237
238 /* The command list. */
239 struct command_line *commands;
240 };
241
242 struct command_line *
243 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
244 {
245 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
246 }
247
248 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
249 current breakpoint. */
250
251 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
252
253 const char *
254 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
255 {
256 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
257 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
258 a breakpoint. */
259 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
260
261 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
262 }
263
264 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
265 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
266 if such is available. */
267 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
268
269 static void
270 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
271 struct cmd_list_element *c,
272 const char *value)
273 {
274 fprintf_filtered (file,
275 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
276 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
277 value);
278 }
279
280 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
281 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
282 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
283 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
284 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
285 static void
286 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
287 struct cmd_list_element *c,
288 const char *value)
289 {
290 fprintf_filtered (file,
291 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
292 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
293 value);
294 }
295
296 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
297 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
298 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
299 use hardware breakpoints. */
300 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
301 static void
302 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
303 struct cmd_list_element *c,
304 const char *value)
305 {
306 fprintf_filtered (file,
307 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
308 value);
309 }
310
311 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
312 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
313 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
314 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
315 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
316
317 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
318 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
319 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
320 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
321 always_inserted_auto,
322 always_inserted_off,
323 always_inserted_on,
324 NULL
325 };
326 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
327 static void
328 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
329 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
330 {
331 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
332 fprintf_filtered (file,
333 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
334 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
335 value,
336 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
337 else
338 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
339 value);
340 }
341
342 int
343 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
344 {
345 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
346 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
347 }
348
349 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
350
351 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
352 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
353
354 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
355 static int overlay_events_enabled;
356
357 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
358 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
359
360 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
361 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
362 current breakpoint. */
363
364 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
365
366 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
367 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
368 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
369 B = TMP)
370
371 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
372 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
373 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
374
375 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
376 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
377 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
378 BP_TMP++)
379
380 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
381
382 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
383 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
384 if (is_tracepoint (B))
385
386 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
387
388 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
389
390 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
391
392 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
393
394 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
395
396 static unsigned bp_location_count;
397
398 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
399 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
400 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
401 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
402 an address you need to read. */
403
404 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
405
406 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
407 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
408 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
409 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
410 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
411
412 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
413
414 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
415 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
416 by a target. */
417 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
418
419 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
420
421 static int breakpoint_count;
422
423 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
424 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
425 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
426 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
427 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
428
429 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
430
431 static int tracepoint_count;
432
433 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
434 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
435 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
436
437 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
438 static int
439 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
440 {
441 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
442 }
443
444 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
445
446 static void
447 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
448 {
449 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
450 breakpoint_count = num;
451 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
452 }
453
454 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
455 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
456 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
457
458 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
459 breakpoint made. */
460
461 void
462 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
463 {
464 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
465 }
466
467 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
468 breakpoint made. */
469
470 void
471 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
472 {
473 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
474 }
475
476 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
477
478 void
479 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
480 {
481 struct breakpoint *b;
482
483 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
484 b->hit_count = 0;
485 }
486
487 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
488 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
489
490 static struct counted_command_line *
491 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
492 {
493 struct counted_command_line *result
494 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
495
496 result->refc = 1;
497 result->commands = commands;
498 return result;
499 }
500
501 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
502
503 static void
504 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
505 {
506 if (cmd)
507 ++cmd->refc;
508 }
509
510 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
511 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
512 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
513
514 static void
515 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
516 {
517 if (*cmdp)
518 {
519 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
520 {
521 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
522 xfree (*cmdp);
523 }
524 *cmdp = NULL;
525 }
526 }
527
528 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
529
530 static void
531 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
532 {
533 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
534 }
535
536 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
537 argument. */
538
539 static struct cleanup *
540 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
541 {
542 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
543 }
544
545 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
546 for "break" command with no arg.
547 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
548 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
549
550 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
551
552 int default_breakpoint_valid;
553 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
554 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
555 int default_breakpoint_line;
556 struct program_space *default_breakpoint_pspace;
557
558 \f
559 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
560 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
561
562 struct breakpoint *
563 get_breakpoint (int num)
564 {
565 struct breakpoint *b;
566
567 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
568 if (b->number == num)
569 return b;
570
571 return NULL;
572 }
573
574 \f
575
576 void
577 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
578 int from_tty)
579 {
580 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
581
582 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
583 {
584 xfree (loc->cond);
585 loc->cond = NULL;
586 }
587 xfree (b->cond_string);
588 b->cond_string = NULL;
589 xfree (b->cond_exp);
590 b->cond_exp = NULL;
591
592 if (*exp == 0)
593 {
594 if (from_tty)
595 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
596 }
597 else
598 {
599 char *arg = exp;
600
601 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
602 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
603 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
604 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
605
606 if (is_watchpoint (b))
607 {
608 innermost_block = NULL;
609 arg = exp;
610 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
611 if (*arg)
612 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
613 b->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
614 }
615 else
616 {
617 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
618 {
619 arg = exp;
620 loc->cond =
621 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
622 if (*arg)
623 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
624 }
625 }
626 }
627 breakpoints_changed ();
628 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
629 }
630
631 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
632
633 static void
634 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
635 {
636 struct breakpoint *b;
637 char *p;
638 int bnum;
639
640 if (arg == 0)
641 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
642
643 p = arg;
644 bnum = get_number (&p);
645 if (bnum == 0)
646 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
647
648 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
649 if (b->number == bnum)
650 {
651 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
652 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
653 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
654 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
655 if (b->py_bp_object
656 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
657 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
658 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
659 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
660 return;
661 }
662
663 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
664 }
665
666 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
667 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
668 Throw if any such commands is found. */
669
670 static void
671 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
672 {
673 struct command_line *c;
674
675 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
676 {
677 int i;
678
679 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
680 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
681 "only be used for tracepoints"));
682
683 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
684 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
685
686 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
687 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
688 command directly. */
689 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
690 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
691
692 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
693 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
694 }
695 }
696
697 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
698
699 int
700 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
701 {
702 return (b->type == bp_tracepoint
703 || b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
704 || b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
705 }
706
707 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
708 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
709 found. */
710
711 static void
712 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
713 struct command_line *commands)
714 {
715 if (is_tracepoint (b))
716 {
717 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
718 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
719 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
720 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
721 struct command_line *c;
722 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
723 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
724 {
725 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
726 {
727 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
728 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
729 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
730 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
731 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
732 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
733
734 if (while_stepping)
735 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
736 "can be used only once"));
737 else
738 while_stepping = c;
739 }
740 }
741 if (while_stepping)
742 {
743 struct command_line *c2;
744
745 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
746 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
747 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
748 {
749 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
750 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
751 }
752 }
753 }
754 else
755 {
756 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
757 }
758 }
759
760 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
761 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
762
763 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
764 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
765 {
766 struct breakpoint *b;
767 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
768 struct bp_location *loc;
769
770 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
771 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
772 {
773 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
774 if (loc->address == addr)
775 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
776 }
777
778 return found;
779 }
780
781 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
782 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
783
784 void
785 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
786 struct command_line *commands)
787 {
788 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
789
790 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
791 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
792 breakpoints_changed ();
793 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
794 }
795
796 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
797 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
798 commands. */
799
800 void
801 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
802 {
803 int old_silent = b->silent;
804
805 b->silent = silent;
806 if (old_silent != silent)
807 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
808 }
809
810 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
811 breakpoint work for any thread. */
812
813 void
814 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
815 {
816 int old_thread = b->thread;
817
818 b->thread = thread;
819 if (old_thread != thread)
820 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
821 }
822
823 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
824 breakpoint work for any task. */
825
826 void
827 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
828 {
829 int old_task = b->task;
830
831 b->task = task;
832 if (old_task != task)
833 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
834 }
835
836 void
837 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
838 {
839 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
840
841 validate_actionline (&line, b);
842 }
843
844 /* A structure used to pass information through
845 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
846
847 struct commands_info
848 {
849 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
850 int from_tty;
851
852 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
853 char *arg;
854
855 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
856 already-parsed command. */
857 struct command_line *control;
858
859 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
860 yet been read. */
861 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
862 };
863
864 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
865 commands_command. */
866
867 static void
868 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
869 {
870 struct commands_info *info = data;
871
872 if (info->cmd == NULL)
873 {
874 struct command_line *l;
875
876 if (info->control != NULL)
877 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
878 else
879 {
880 struct cleanup *old_chain;
881 char *str;
882
883 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
884 "%s, one per line."),
885 info->arg);
886
887 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
888
889 l = read_command_lines (str,
890 info->from_tty, 1,
891 (is_tracepoint (b)
892 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
893 b);
894
895 do_cleanups (old_chain);
896 }
897
898 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
899 }
900
901 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
902 do anything. */
903 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
904 {
905 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
906 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
907 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
908 b->commands = info->cmd;
909 breakpoints_changed ();
910 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
911 }
912 }
913
914 static void
915 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
916 struct command_line *control)
917 {
918 struct cleanup *cleanups;
919 struct commands_info info;
920
921 info.from_tty = from_tty;
922 info.control = control;
923 info.cmd = NULL;
924 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
925 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
926 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
927
928 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
929 {
930 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
931 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
932 breakpoint_count);
933 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
934 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
935 else
936 {
937 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
938 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
939 numbers will fail in this case. */
940 arg = NULL;
941 }
942 }
943 else
944 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
945 our argument. */
946 arg = xstrdup (arg);
947
948 if (arg != NULL)
949 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
950
951 info.arg = arg;
952
953 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
954
955 if (info.cmd == NULL)
956 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
957
958 do_cleanups (cleanups);
959 }
960
961 static void
962 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
963 {
964 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
965 }
966
967 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
968 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
969
970 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
971 that are part of if and while bodies. */
972 enum command_control_type
973 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
974 {
975 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
976 return simple_control;
977 }
978
979 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
980
981 static int
982 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
983 {
984 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
985 return 0;
986 if (!bl->inserted)
987 return 0;
988 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
989 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
990 return 0;
991 return 1;
992 }
993
994 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
995 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
996
997 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
998 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
999 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1000 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1001 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1002 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1003 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1004 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1005 and:
1006 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1007
1008 void
1009 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1010 {
1011 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1012 search. */
1013 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1014
1015 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1016 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1017 report higher one. */
1018
1019 bc_l = 0;
1020 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1021 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1022 {
1023 struct bp_location *bl;
1024
1025 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1026 bl = bp_location[bc];
1027
1028 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1029 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1030 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1031 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1032
1033 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1034 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1035 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1036
1037 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1038 >= bl->address)
1039 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1040 <= memaddr))
1041 bc_l = bc;
1042 else
1043 bc_r = bc;
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1047 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1048 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1049 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1050 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1051 B:
1052
1053 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1054
1055 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1056 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1057 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1058 and L2. */
1059 while (bc_l > 0
1060 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1061 bc_l--;
1062
1063 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1064
1065 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1066 {
1067 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1068 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1069 int bp_size = 0;
1070 int bptoffset = 0;
1071
1072 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1073 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1074 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1075 bl->owner->number);
1076
1077 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1078 content. */
1079
1080 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1081 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1082 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1083 break;
1084
1085 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1086 continue;
1087 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1088 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1089 continue;
1090
1091 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1092 we need to copy. */
1093 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1094 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1095
1096 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1097 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1098 are reading. */
1099 continue;
1100
1101 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1102 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1103 reading. */
1104 continue;
1105
1106 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1107 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1108 {
1109 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1110 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1111 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1112 bp_addr = memaddr;
1113 }
1114
1115 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1116 {
1117 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1118 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1119 }
1120
1121 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1122 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1123 }
1124 }
1125 \f
1126
1127 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1128
1129 static int
1130 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1131 {
1132 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1133 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1134 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1135 }
1136
1137 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1138 software. */
1139
1140 static int
1141 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1142 {
1143 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1144 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1145 }
1146
1147 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1148 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1149 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1150 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1151 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1152 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1153 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1154 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1155 running. */
1156
1157 static int
1158 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint *b)
1159 {
1160 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1161 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1162 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1163 }
1164
1165 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1166 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1167
1168 static void
1169 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct breakpoint *b)
1170 {
1171 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
1172
1173 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1174 {
1175 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1176 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1177 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1178 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1179 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1180 }
1181 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1182 }
1183
1184 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1185 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1186 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1187 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1188 in b->loc->cond.
1189 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1190
1191 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1192 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1193 it.
1194
1195 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1196 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1197 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1198 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1199 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1200 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1201 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1202 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1203
1204 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1205 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1206 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1207 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1208 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1209 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1210 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1211 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1212 not changed.
1213
1214 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1215 hardware watchpoints:
1216
1217 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1218 called several times when GDB stops.
1219
1220 [linux]
1221 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1222 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1223 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1224 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1225 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1226 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1227 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1228 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1229 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1230 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1231 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1232
1233 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1234 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1235
1236 static void
1237 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
1238 {
1239 int within_current_scope;
1240 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1241 int frame_saved;
1242
1243 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
1244
1245 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1246 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1247 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1248 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1249 return;
1250
1251 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1252 return;
1253
1254 frame_saved = 0;
1255
1256 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1257 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1258 within_current_scope = 1;
1259 else
1260 {
1261 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1262 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1263 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1264
1265 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1266 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1267 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1268 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1269 return;
1270
1271 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1272 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1273 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1274 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1275 selected frame. */
1276 frame_saved = 1;
1277 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1278
1279 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1280 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1281 if (within_current_scope)
1282 select_frame (fi);
1283 }
1284
1285 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1286 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1287 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1288 b->loc = NULL;
1289
1290 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1291 {
1292 char *s;
1293
1294 if (b->exp)
1295 {
1296 xfree (b->exp);
1297 b->exp = NULL;
1298 }
1299 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1300 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1301 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1302 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1303 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1304 be completely different objects. */
1305 value_free (b->val);
1306 b->val = NULL;
1307 b->val_valid = 0;
1308
1309 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1310 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1311 locations (re)created below. */
1312 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1313 {
1314 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1315 {
1316 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1317 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1318 }
1319
1320 s = b->cond_string;
1321 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1322 }
1323 }
1324
1325 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1326 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1327 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1328 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1329 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1330 if ( !target_has_execution)
1331 {
1332 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1333 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1334 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1335 }
1336 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1337 {
1338 int pc = 0;
1339 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1340 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1341
1342 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1343
1344 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1345 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1346 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1347 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1348 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1349 watchpoints. */
1350 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1351 {
1352 b->val = v;
1353 b->val_valid = 1;
1354 }
1355
1356 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1357
1358 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1359 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1360 {
1361 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1362 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1363 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1364 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1365 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1366 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1367 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1368 {
1369 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1370
1371 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1372 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1373 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1374 if (v == result
1375 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1376 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1377 {
1378 CORE_ADDR addr;
1379 int len, type;
1380 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1381
1382 addr = value_address (v);
1383 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1384 type = hw_write;
1385 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1386 type = hw_read;
1387 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1388 type = hw_access;
1389
1390 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1391 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1392 ;
1393 *tmp = loc;
1394 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1395
1396 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1397 loc->address = addr;
1398 loc->length = len;
1399 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1400 }
1401 }
1402 }
1403
1404 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1405 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1406 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1407 is started. */
1408 if (reparse)
1409 {
1410 int reg_cnt;
1411 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1412 struct bp_location *bl;
1413
1414 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1415
1416 if (reg_cnt)
1417 {
1418 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1419
1420 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1421 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1422 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1423
1424 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1425 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1426 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1427 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1428 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1429 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1430 watchpoint. */
1431 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
1432 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1433
1434 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (b->type, &other_type_used);
1435 target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1436 (b->type, i, other_type_used);
1437 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1438 {
1439 /* If there's no works_in_software_mode method, we
1440 assume that the watchpoint works in software mode. */
1441 int sw_mode = (!b->ops || !b->ops->works_in_software_mode
1442 || b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b));
1443
1444 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1445 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1446 "hardware watchpoint."));
1447 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1448 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1449 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1450 else
1451 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1452 }
1453 }
1454 else if (b->ops && b->ops->works_in_software_mode
1455 && !b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1456 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1457 "read/access watchpoint."));
1458 else
1459 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1460
1461 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1462 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1463 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1464 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1465 }
1466
1467 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1468 {
1469 next = value_next (v);
1470 if (v != b->val)
1471 value_free (v);
1472 }
1473
1474 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1475 above left it without any location set up. But,
1476 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1477 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1478 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1479 {
1480 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1481 b->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1482 b->loc->address = -1;
1483 b->loc->length = -1;
1484 b->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1485 }
1486 }
1487 else if (!within_current_scope)
1488 {
1489 printf_filtered (_("\
1490 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1491 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1492 b->number);
1493 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1494 }
1495
1496 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1497 if (frame_saved)
1498 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1499 }
1500
1501
1502 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1503 inserted in the inferior. */
1504 static int
1505 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1506 {
1507 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1508 return 0;
1509
1510 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1511 return 0;
1512
1513 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1514 return 0;
1515
1516 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1517 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1518 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1519 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1520 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1521 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1522 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1523 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1524 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1525 return 0;
1526
1527 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1528 not by us. */
1529 if (is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
1530 return 0;
1531
1532 return 1;
1533 }
1534
1535 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1536 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1537 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1538
1539 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1540 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1541 static int
1542 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1543 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1544 int *disabled_breaks,
1545 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1546 {
1547 int val = 0;
1548
1549 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1550 return 0;
1551
1552 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1553 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1554 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1555 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1556 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1557
1558 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1559 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1560 {
1561 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1562 {
1563 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1564 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1565 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1566
1567 Two important cases are:
1568 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1569 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1570 hardware breakpoint.
1571 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1572 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1573 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1574 so we undo.
1575
1576 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1577 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1578 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1579 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1580 gdb. */
1581 struct mem_region *mr
1582 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1583
1584 if (mr)
1585 {
1586 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1587 {
1588 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1589
1590 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1591 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1592 else
1593 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1594
1595 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1596 {
1597 static int said = 0;
1598
1599 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1600 if (!said)
1601 {
1602 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1603 _("Note: automatically using "
1604 "hardware breakpoints for "
1605 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1606 said = 1;
1607 }
1608 }
1609 }
1610 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1611 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1612 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1613 "at readonly address %s"),
1614 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1615 }
1616 }
1617
1618 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1619 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1620 || bl->section == NULL
1621 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1622 {
1623 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1624
1625 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1626 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1627 &bl->target_info);
1628 else
1629 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1630 &bl->target_info);
1631 }
1632 else
1633 {
1634 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1635 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1636 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1637 {
1638 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1639 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1640 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1641 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1642 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1643 bl->owner->number);
1644 else
1645 {
1646 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1647 bl->section);
1648 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1649 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1650 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1651 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1652 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1653 if (val != 0)
1654 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1655 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1656 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1657 bl->owner->number);
1658 }
1659 }
1660 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1661 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1662 {
1663 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1664 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1665 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1666 &bl->target_info);
1667 else
1668 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1669 &bl->target_info);
1670 }
1671 else
1672 {
1673 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1674 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1675 return 0;
1676 }
1677 }
1678
1679 if (val)
1680 {
1681 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1682 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1683 {
1684 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1685 val = 0;
1686 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1687 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1688 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1689 {
1690 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1691 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1692 bl->owner->number);
1693 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1694 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1695 "library breakpoints:\n");
1696 }
1697 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1698 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1699 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1700 }
1701 else
1702 {
1703 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1704 {
1705 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1706 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1707 "Cannot insert hardware "
1708 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1709 bl->owner->number);
1710 }
1711 else
1712 {
1713 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1714 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1715 bl->owner->number);
1716 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1717 "Error accessing memory address ");
1718 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1719 tmp_error_stream);
1720 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1721 safe_strerror (val));
1722 }
1723
1724 }
1725 }
1726 else
1727 bl->inserted = 1;
1728
1729 return val;
1730 }
1731
1732 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1733 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1734 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1735 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1736 {
1737 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1738 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1739
1740 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1741
1742 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1743 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1744 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1745 {
1746 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1747
1748 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1749 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1750 of this one. */
1751 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1752 if (loc != bl
1753 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1754 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1755 {
1756 bl->duplicate = 1;
1757 bl->inserted = 1;
1758 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1759 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1760 val = 0;
1761 break;
1762 }
1763
1764 if (val == 1)
1765 {
1766 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1767 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1768
1769 if (val)
1770 /* Back to the original value. */
1771 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1772 }
1773 }
1774
1775 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1776 }
1777
1778 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1779 {
1780 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1781 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1782
1783 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1784 if (val)
1785 {
1786 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1787
1788 if (val == 1)
1789 warning (_("\
1790 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1791 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1792 else
1793 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1794 }
1795
1796 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1797
1798 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1799 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1800 so just return success. */
1801 return 0;
1802 }
1803
1804 return 0;
1805 }
1806
1807 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1808 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1809 PSPACE anymore. */
1810
1811 void
1812 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1813 {
1814 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1815 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1816
1817 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1818 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1819 {
1820 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1821 delete_breakpoint (b);
1822 }
1823
1824 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1825 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1826 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1827 {
1828 struct bp_location *tmp;
1829
1830 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1831 {
1832 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1833 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1834 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1835 else
1836 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1837 if (tmp->next == loc)
1838 {
1839 tmp->next = loc->next;
1840 break;
1841 }
1842 }
1843 }
1844
1845 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1846 removed locations above. */
1847 update_global_location_list (0);
1848 }
1849
1850 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1851 Throws exception on any error.
1852 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1853 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1854 void
1855 insert_breakpoints (void)
1856 {
1857 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1858
1859 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1860 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1861 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1862
1863 update_global_location_list (1);
1864
1865 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1866 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1867 now. */
1868 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1869 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1870 }
1871
1872 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1873 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1874 Both return zero if successful,
1875 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1876
1877 static void
1878 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1879 {
1880 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1881 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1882 int error = 0;
1883 int val = 0;
1884 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1885 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1886
1887 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1888 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1889
1890 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1891 there was an error. */
1892 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1893
1894 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1895
1896 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1897 {
1898 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1899 continue;
1900
1901 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1902 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1903 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1904 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
1905 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
1906 continue;
1907
1908 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
1909
1910 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1911 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1912 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1913 insert breakpoints. */
1914 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
1915 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
1916 continue;
1917
1918 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
1919 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1920 if (val)
1921 error = val;
1922 }
1923
1924 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1925 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1926 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1927 {
1928 int some_failed = 0;
1929 struct bp_location *loc;
1930
1931 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1932 continue;
1933
1934 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1935 continue;
1936
1937 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1938 continue;
1939
1940 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1941 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
1942 {
1943 some_failed = 1;
1944 break;
1945 }
1946 if (some_failed)
1947 {
1948 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1949 if (loc->inserted)
1950 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1951
1952 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1953 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1954 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1955 bpt->number);
1956 error = -1;
1957 }
1958 }
1959
1960 if (error)
1961 {
1962 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1963 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1964 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1965 {
1966 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1967 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1968 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1969 }
1970 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1971 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1972 }
1973
1974 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1975 }
1976
1977 int
1978 remove_breakpoints (void)
1979 {
1980 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1981 int val = 0;
1982
1983 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1984 {
1985 if (bl->inserted)
1986 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
1987 }
1988 return val;
1989 }
1990
1991 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1992
1993 int
1994 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
1995 {
1996 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1997 int val;
1998 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
1999
2000 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2001 {
2002 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2003 continue;
2004
2005 if (bl->inserted)
2006 {
2007 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2008 if (val != 0)
2009 return val;
2010 }
2011 }
2012 return 0;
2013 }
2014
2015 int
2016 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2017 {
2018 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2019 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2020 int val;
2021 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2022 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2023 struct inferior *inf;
2024 struct thread_info *tp;
2025
2026 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2027 if (tp == NULL)
2028 return 1;
2029
2030 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2031 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2032
2033 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2034
2035 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2036 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2037
2038 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2039 {
2040 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2041 continue;
2042
2043 if (bl->inserted)
2044 {
2045 bl->inserted = 0;
2046 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2047 if (val != 0)
2048 {
2049 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2050 return val;
2051 }
2052 }
2053 }
2054 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2055 return 0;
2056 }
2057
2058 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2059
2060 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2061 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2062 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2063 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2064 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2065 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2066 static void
2067 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2068 {
2069 if (internal)
2070 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2071 else
2072 {
2073 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2074 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2075 }
2076 }
2077
2078 static struct breakpoint *
2079 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2080 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
2081 {
2082 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2083 struct breakpoint *b;
2084
2085 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2086
2087 sal.pc = address;
2088 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2089 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2090
2091 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
2092 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2093 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2094
2095 return b;
2096 }
2097
2098 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2099 {
2100 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2101 };
2102 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2103
2104 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2105 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2106 {
2107 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2108 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2109
2110 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2111 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2112
2113 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2114 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2115
2116 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2117 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2118 };
2119
2120 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2121
2122 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2123 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2124
2125 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2126
2127 static int
2128 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2129 {
2130 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2131 }
2132
2133 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2134 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2135
2136 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2137 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2138 {
2139 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2140
2141 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2142 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2143 {
2144 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2145 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2146
2147 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2148 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2149 }
2150 return bp_objfile_data;
2151 }
2152
2153 static void
2154 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2155 {
2156 struct objfile *objfile;
2157 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2158
2159 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2160 {
2161 struct breakpoint *b;
2162 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2163 CORE_ADDR addr;
2164
2165 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2166
2167 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2168 continue;
2169
2170 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2171 {
2172 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2173
2174 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2175 if (m == NULL)
2176 {
2177 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2178 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2179 continue;
2180 }
2181 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2182 }
2183
2184 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2185 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2186 bp_overlay_event);
2187 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2188
2189 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2190 {
2191 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2192 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2193 }
2194 else
2195 {
2196 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2197 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2198 }
2199 }
2200 update_global_location_list (1);
2201 }
2202
2203 static void
2204 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2205 {
2206 struct program_space *pspace;
2207 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2208
2209 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2210
2211 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2212 {
2213 struct objfile *objfile;
2214
2215 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2216
2217 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2218 {
2219 int i;
2220 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2221 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2222
2223 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2224 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2225 continue;
2226
2227 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2228
2229 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2230 {
2231 struct breakpoint *b;
2232 const char *func_name;
2233 CORE_ADDR addr;
2234
2235 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2236 continue;
2237
2238 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2239 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2240 {
2241 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2242
2243 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2244 if (m == NULL)
2245 {
2246 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2247 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2248 continue;
2249 }
2250 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2251 }
2252
2253 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2254 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master);
2255 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2256 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2257 }
2258 }
2259 }
2260 update_global_location_list (1);
2261
2262 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2263 }
2264
2265 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2266 static void
2267 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2268 {
2269 struct program_space *pspace;
2270 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2271 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2272
2273 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2274
2275 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2276 {
2277 struct objfile *objfile;
2278 CORE_ADDR addr;
2279
2280 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2281
2282 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2283 {
2284 struct breakpoint *b;
2285 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2286
2287 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2288
2289 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2290 continue;
2291
2292 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2293 {
2294 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2295
2296 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2297 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2298 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2299 {
2300 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2301 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2302 continue;
2303 }
2304 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2305 }
2306
2307 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2308 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2309 bp_std_terminate_master);
2310 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2311 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2312 }
2313 }
2314
2315 update_global_location_list (1);
2316
2317 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2318 }
2319
2320 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2321
2322 void
2323 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2324 {
2325 struct objfile *objfile;
2326 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2327
2328 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2329 {
2330 struct breakpoint *b;
2331 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2332 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2333 CORE_ADDR addr;
2334
2335 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2336
2337 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2338 continue;
2339
2340 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2341
2342 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2343 {
2344 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2345
2346 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2347 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2348 {
2349 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2350 continue;
2351 }
2352
2353 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2354 }
2355
2356 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2357 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2358 &current_target);
2359 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master);
2360 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2361 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2362 }
2363
2364 update_global_location_list (1);
2365 }
2366
2367 void
2368 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2369 {
2370 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2371 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2372
2373 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2374 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2375 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2376 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2377 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2378 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2379 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2380 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2381 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2382 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2383 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2384
2385 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2386 {
2387 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2388 continue;
2389
2390 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2391 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2392 {
2393 delete_breakpoint (b);
2394 continue;
2395 }
2396
2397 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2398 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2399 {
2400 delete_breakpoint (b);
2401 continue;
2402 }
2403
2404 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2405 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2406 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2407 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2408 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2409 {
2410 delete_breakpoint (b);
2411 continue;
2412 }
2413
2414 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2415 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2416 {
2417 delete_breakpoint (b);
2418 continue;
2419 }
2420
2421 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2422 after an exec. */
2423 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2424 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2425 {
2426 delete_breakpoint (b);
2427 continue;
2428 }
2429
2430 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2431 {
2432 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2433 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2434 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2435 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2436 continue;
2437 }
2438
2439 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2440 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2441 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2442 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2443 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2444 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2445
2446 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2447 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2448 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2449 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2450 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2451 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2452 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2453
2454 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2455 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2456 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2457 let finish_command delete it.
2458
2459 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2460 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2461 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2462 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2463 solib breakpoints.) */
2464
2465 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2466 {
2467 continue;
2468 }
2469
2470 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2471 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2472 a.out. */
2473 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2474 {
2475 delete_breakpoint (b);
2476 continue;
2477 }
2478 }
2479 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2480 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2481 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2482 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2483 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2484 }
2485
2486 int
2487 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2488 {
2489 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2490 int val = 0;
2491 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2492 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2493
2494 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2495 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2496
2497 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2498 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2499 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2500 {
2501 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2502 continue;
2503
2504 if (bl->inserted)
2505 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2506 }
2507
2508 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2509 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2510
2511 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2512 return val;
2513 }
2514
2515 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2516 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2517 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2518 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2519 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2520
2521 static int
2522 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2523 {
2524 int val;
2525
2526 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2527 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2528
2529 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2530 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2531 return 0;
2532
2533 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2534 This should not ever happen. */
2535 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2536
2537 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2538 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2539 {
2540 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2541 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2542 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2543
2544 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2545 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2546 || bl->section == NULL
2547 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2548 {
2549 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2550
2551 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2552 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2553 else
2554 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2555 }
2556 else
2557 {
2558 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2559 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2560 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2561 {
2562 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2563 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2564 */
2565 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2566 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2567 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2568 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2569 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2570 else
2571 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2572 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2573 }
2574 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2575 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2576 if (bl->inserted)
2577 {
2578 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2579 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2580 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2581 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2582 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2583 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2584 &bl->target_info);
2585
2586 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2587 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2588 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2589 else if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2590 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2591 &bl->target_info);
2592 else
2593 val = 0;
2594 }
2595 else
2596 {
2597 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2598 val = 0;
2599 }
2600 }
2601
2602 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2603 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2604 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2605 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2606 val = 0;
2607
2608 if (val)
2609 return val;
2610 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2611 }
2612 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2613 {
2614 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2615 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2616
2617 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2618 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2619
2620 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2621 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2622 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2623 bl->owner->number);
2624 }
2625 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2626 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2627 && !bl->duplicate)
2628 {
2629 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2630 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2631
2632 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2633 if (val)
2634 return val;
2635
2636 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2637 }
2638
2639 return 0;
2640 }
2641
2642 static int
2643 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2644 {
2645 int ret;
2646 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2647
2648 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2649 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2650
2651 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2652 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2653 return 0;
2654
2655 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2656 This should not ever happen. */
2657 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2658
2659 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2660
2661 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2662
2663 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2664
2665 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2666 return ret;
2667 }
2668
2669 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2670
2671 void
2672 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2673 {
2674 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2675
2676 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2677 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2678 bl->inserted = 0;
2679 }
2680
2681 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2682 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2683
2684 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2685 between runs.
2686
2687 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2688 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2689 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2690
2691
2692
2693 void
2694 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2695 {
2696 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2697 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2698 int ix;
2699 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2700
2701 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2702 nothing to do. */
2703 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2704 return;
2705
2706 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2707 {
2708 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2709 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2710 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2711 bl->inserted = 0;
2712 }
2713
2714 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2715 {
2716 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2717 continue;
2718
2719 switch (b->type)
2720 {
2721 case bp_call_dummy:
2722
2723 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2724 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2725 rid of it. */
2726
2727 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2728
2729 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2730
2731 case bp_shlib_event:
2732
2733 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2734 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2735 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2736 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2737 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2738
2739 (gdb) file prog-linux
2740 (gdb) run # native linux target
2741 ...
2742 (gdb) kill
2743 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2744 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2745 */
2746
2747 delete_breakpoint (b);
2748 break;
2749
2750 case bp_watchpoint:
2751 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2752 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2753 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2754
2755 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2756 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2757 delete_breakpoint (b);
2758 else if (context == inf_starting)
2759 {
2760 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2761 insert_breakpoints. */
2762 if (b->val)
2763 value_free (b->val);
2764 b->val = NULL;
2765 b->val_valid = 0;
2766 }
2767 break;
2768 default:
2769 break;
2770 }
2771 }
2772
2773 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2774 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2775 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2776 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2777 }
2778
2779 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2780 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2781 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2782 match, not program space. */
2783
2784 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2785 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2786 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2787 permanent breakpoint.
2788 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2789 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2790 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2791 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2792 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2793
2794 enum breakpoint_here
2795 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2796 {
2797 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2798 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2799
2800 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2801 {
2802 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2803 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2804 continue;
2805
2806 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2807 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2808 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2809 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2810 {
2811 if (overlay_debugging
2812 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2813 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2814 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2815 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2816 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2817 else
2818 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2819 }
2820 }
2821
2822 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2823 }
2824
2825 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2826
2827 int
2828 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2829 {
2830 struct bp_location *loc;
2831 int ix;
2832
2833 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2834 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2835 return 1;
2836
2837 return 0;
2838 }
2839
2840 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2841 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2842 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2843 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2844
2845 int
2846 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2847 CORE_ADDR pc)
2848 {
2849 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2850
2851 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2852 {
2853 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2854 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2855 continue;
2856
2857 if (bl->inserted
2858 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2859 {
2860 if (overlay_debugging
2861 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2862 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2863 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2864 else
2865 return 1;
2866 }
2867 }
2868 return 0;
2869 }
2870
2871 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2872 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2873
2874 int
2875 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2876 {
2877 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2878 return 1;
2879
2880 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2881 return 1;
2882
2883 return 0;
2884 }
2885
2886 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2887 inserted at PC. */
2888
2889 int
2890 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2891 CORE_ADDR pc)
2892 {
2893 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2894
2895 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2896 {
2897 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2898 continue;
2899
2900 if (bl->inserted
2901 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
2902 aspace, pc))
2903 {
2904 if (overlay_debugging
2905 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2906 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2907 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2908 else
2909 return 1;
2910 }
2911 }
2912
2913 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2914 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2915 return 1;
2916
2917 return 0;
2918 }
2919
2920 int
2921 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
2922 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
2923 {
2924 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2925
2926 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2927 {
2928 struct bp_location *loc;
2929
2930 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2931 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
2932 continue;
2933
2934 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2935 continue;
2936
2937 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2938 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
2939 {
2940 CORE_ADDR l, h;
2941
2942 /* Check for intersection. */
2943 l = max (loc->address, addr);
2944 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
2945 if (l < h)
2946 return 1;
2947 }
2948 }
2949 return 0;
2950 }
2951
2952 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2953 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2954
2955 int
2956 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
2957 ptid_t ptid)
2958 {
2959 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2960 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2961 int thread = -1;
2962 int task = 0;
2963
2964 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2965 {
2966 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2967 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2968 continue;
2969
2970 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2971 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2972 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2973 continue;
2974
2975 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2976 continue;
2977
2978 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
2979 {
2980 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2981 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2982 it is now time to do so. */
2983 if (thread == -1)
2984 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2985 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
2986 continue;
2987 }
2988
2989 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
2990 {
2991 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2992 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2993 it is now time to do so. */
2994 if (task == 0)
2995 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
2996 if (bl->owner->task != task)
2997 continue;
2998 }
2999
3000 if (overlay_debugging
3001 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3002 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3003 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3004
3005 return 1;
3006 }
3007
3008 return 0;
3009 }
3010 \f
3011
3012 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3013 in breakpoint.h. */
3014
3015 int
3016 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3017 {
3018 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3019 }
3020
3021 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3022 'next' chain. */
3023
3024 static void
3025 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3026 {
3027 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3028 value_free (bs->old_val);
3029 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3030 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3031 xfree (bs);
3032 }
3033
3034 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3035 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3036
3037 void
3038 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3039 {
3040 bpstat p;
3041 bpstat q;
3042
3043 if (bsp == 0)
3044 return;
3045 p = *bsp;
3046 while (p != NULL)
3047 {
3048 q = p->next;
3049 bpstat_free (p);
3050 p = q;
3051 }
3052 *bsp = NULL;
3053 }
3054
3055 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3056 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3057
3058 bpstat
3059 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3060 {
3061 bpstat p = NULL;
3062 bpstat tmp;
3063 bpstat retval = NULL;
3064
3065 if (bs == NULL)
3066 return bs;
3067
3068 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3069 {
3070 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3071 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3072 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3073 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3074 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3075 {
3076 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3077 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3078 }
3079
3080 if (p == NULL)
3081 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3082 retval = tmp;
3083 else
3084 p->next = tmp;
3085 p = tmp;
3086 }
3087 p->next = NULL;
3088 return retval;
3089 }
3090
3091 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3092
3093 bpstat
3094 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3095 {
3096 if (bsp == NULL)
3097 return NULL;
3098
3099 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3100 {
3101 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3102 return bsp;
3103 }
3104 return NULL;
3105 }
3106
3107 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3108 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3109 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3110 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3111
3112 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3113 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3114 we set it.
3115 Return 1 otherwise. */
3116
3117 int
3118 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3119 {
3120 struct breakpoint *b;
3121
3122 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3123 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3124
3125 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3126 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3127 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3128 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3129 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3130 if (b == NULL)
3131 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3132
3133 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3134 return 1;
3135 }
3136
3137 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3138
3139 void
3140 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
3141 {
3142 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3143 {
3144 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3145 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3146 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3147 {
3148 value_free (bs->old_val);
3149 bs->old_val = NULL;
3150 }
3151 }
3152 }
3153
3154 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3155
3156 static void
3157 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3158 {
3159 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3160 {
3161 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3162
3163 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3164 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3165 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3166 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3167 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3168 return;
3169 }
3170
3171 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3172 }
3173
3174 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3175 command. */
3176 static void
3177 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3178 {
3179 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3180 }
3181
3182 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3183 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3184 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3185 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3186
3187 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3188 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3189 bpstat of the current thread. */
3190
3191 static int
3192 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3193 {
3194 bpstat bs;
3195 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3196 int again = 0;
3197
3198 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3199 in bs->commands. */
3200 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3201 return 0;
3202
3203 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3204 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3205
3206 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3207
3208 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3209 bs = *bsp;
3210
3211 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3212 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3213 {
3214 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3215 struct command_line *cmd;
3216 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3217
3218 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3219
3220 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3221 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3222 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3223 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3224 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3225 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3226 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3227 the tree when we're done. */
3228 ccmd = bs->commands;
3229 bs->commands = NULL;
3230 this_cmd_tree_chain
3231 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3232 cmd = bs->commands_left;
3233 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3234
3235 while (cmd != NULL)
3236 {
3237 execute_control_command (cmd);
3238
3239 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3240 break;
3241 else
3242 cmd = cmd->next;
3243 }
3244
3245 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3246 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3247
3248 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3249 {
3250 if (target_can_async_p ())
3251 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3252 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3253 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3254 ;
3255 else
3256 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3257 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3258 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3259 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3260 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3261 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3262 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3263 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3264 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3265 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3266 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3267 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3268 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3269 again = 1;
3270 break;
3271 }
3272 }
3273 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3274 return again;
3275 }
3276
3277 void
3278 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3279 {
3280 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3281 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3282 && target_has_execution
3283 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3284 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3285 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3286 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3287 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3288 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3289 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3290 break;
3291 }
3292
3293 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3294
3295 static void
3296 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3297 {
3298 if (val == NULL)
3299 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3300 else
3301 {
3302 struct value_print_options opts;
3303 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3304 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3305 }
3306 }
3307
3308 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3309 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3310 by having it set different print_it values.
3311
3312 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3313 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3314 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3315 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3316 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3317
3318 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3319 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3320 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3321 don't print anything else.
3322 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3323 that something to be followed by a location.
3324 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3325 that something to be followed by a location.
3326 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3327 analysis. */
3328
3329 static enum print_stop_action
3330 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
3331 {
3332 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3333 struct breakpoint *b;
3334 const struct bp_location *bl;
3335 struct ui_stream *stb;
3336 int bp_temp = 0;
3337 enum print_stop_action result;
3338
3339 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
3340
3341 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3342 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3343
3344 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3345 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3346
3347 switch (b->type)
3348 {
3349 case bp_breakpoint:
3350 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3351 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
3352 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
3353 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
3354 bl->address,
3355 b->number, 1);
3356 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
3357 if (bp_temp)
3358 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3359 else
3360 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
3361 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3362 {
3363 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
3364 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
3365 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3366 }
3367 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
3368 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
3369 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3370 break;
3371
3372 case bp_shlib_event:
3373 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3374 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3375 to shlib event" message.) */
3376 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3377 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3378 break;
3379
3380 case bp_thread_event:
3381 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3382 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3383 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3384 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3385 break;
3386
3387 case bp_overlay_event:
3388 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3389 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3390 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3391 break;
3392
3393 case bp_longjmp_master:
3394 /* These should never be enabled. */
3395 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3396 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3397 break;
3398
3399 case bp_std_terminate_master:
3400 /* These should never be enabled. */
3401 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3402 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3403 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3404 break;
3405
3406 case bp_exception_master:
3407 /* These should never be enabled. */
3408 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3409 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3410 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3411 break;
3412
3413 case bp_watchpoint:
3414 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3415 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3416 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3417 ui_out_field_string
3418 (uiout, "reason",
3419 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3420 mention (b);
3421 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3422 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3423 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3424 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3425 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3426 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3427 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3428 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3429 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3430 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3431 break;
3432
3433 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3434 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3435 ui_out_field_string
3436 (uiout, "reason",
3437 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3438 mention (b);
3439 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3440 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3441 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3442 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
3443 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3444 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3445 break;
3446
3447 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3448 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3449 {
3450 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3451 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3452 ui_out_field_string
3453 (uiout, "reason",
3454 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3455 mention (b);
3456 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3457 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3458 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3459 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3460 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3461 }
3462 else
3463 {
3464 mention (b);
3465 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3466 ui_out_field_string
3467 (uiout, "reason",
3468 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3469 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3470 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3471 }
3472 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3473 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3474 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3475 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3476 break;
3477
3478 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3479 here. */
3480
3481 case bp_finish:
3482 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3483 ui_out_field_string
3484 (uiout, "reason",
3485 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
3486 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3487 break;
3488
3489 case bp_until:
3490 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3491 ui_out_field_string
3492 (uiout, "reason",
3493 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
3494 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3495 break;
3496
3497 case bp_none:
3498 case bp_longjmp:
3499 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3500 case bp_exception:
3501 case bp_exception_resume:
3502 case bp_step_resume:
3503 case bp_hp_step_resume:
3504 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3505 case bp_call_dummy:
3506 case bp_std_terminate:
3507 case bp_tracepoint:
3508 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
3509 case bp_jit_event:
3510 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
3511 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
3512 default:
3513 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3514 break;
3515 }
3516
3517 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3518 return result;
3519 }
3520
3521 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3522 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3523 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3524 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3525 normal_stop(). */
3526
3527 static enum print_stop_action
3528 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3529 {
3530 switch (bs->print_it)
3531 {
3532 case print_it_noop:
3533 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3534 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3535 break;
3536
3537 case print_it_done:
3538 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3539 relevant messages. */
3540 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3541 break;
3542
3543 case print_it_normal:
3544 {
3545 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3546
3547 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3548 which has since been deleted. */
3549 if (b == NULL)
3550 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3551
3552 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3553 print_it_typical. */
3554 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
3555 return b->ops->print_it (b);
3556 else
3557 return print_it_typical (bs);
3558 }
3559 break;
3560
3561 default:
3562 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3563 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3564 break;
3565 }
3566 }
3567
3568 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3569 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3570 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3571 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3572 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3573 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3574 routine is one of:
3575
3576 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3577 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3578 code to print the location. An example is
3579 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3580 the location.
3581 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3582 to also print the location part of the message.
3583 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3584 don't require a location appended to the end.
3585 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3586 further info to be printed. */
3587
3588 enum print_stop_action
3589 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
3590 {
3591 int val;
3592
3593 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3594 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3595 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3596 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3597 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3598 {
3599 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3600 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3601 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3602 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3603 return val;
3604 }
3605
3606 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3607 with and nothing was printed. */
3608 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3609 }
3610
3611 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3612 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3613 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3614 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3615
3616 static int
3617 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3618 {
3619 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3620 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3621
3622 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3623 return i;
3624 }
3625
3626 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3627
3628 static bpstat
3629 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3630 {
3631 bpstat bs;
3632
3633 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3634 bs->next = NULL;
3635 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3636 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3637 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3638 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3639 incref_bp_location (bl);
3640 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3641 bs->commands = NULL;
3642 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3643 bs->old_val = NULL;
3644 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3645 return bs;
3646 }
3647 \f
3648 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3649 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3650
3651 int
3652 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3653 {
3654 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3655 CORE_ADDR addr;
3656 struct breakpoint *b;
3657
3658 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3659 {
3660 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3661 as not triggered. */
3662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3663 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3664 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3665
3666 return 0;
3667 }
3668
3669 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3670 {
3671 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3672 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3673 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3674 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3675 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3676
3677 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3678 }
3679
3680 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3681 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3682 triggered. */
3683
3684 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3685 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3686 {
3687 struct bp_location *loc;
3688
3689 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3690 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3691 {
3692 if (is_masked_watchpoint (loc->owner))
3693 {
3694 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & loc->owner->hw_wp_mask;
3695 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & loc->owner->hw_wp_mask;
3696
3697 if (newaddr == start)
3698 {
3699 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3700 break;
3701 }
3702 }
3703 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3704 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3705 addr, loc->address,
3706 loc->length))
3707 {
3708 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3709 break;
3710 }
3711 }
3712 }
3713
3714 return 1;
3715 }
3716
3717 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3718 because of check_errors). */
3719 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3720 #define WP_DELETED 1
3721 /* The value has changed. */
3722 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3723 /* The value has not changed. */
3724 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3725 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3726 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3727
3728 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3729 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3730
3731 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3732 changed.
3733
3734 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3735 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3736
3737 static int
3738 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3739 {
3740 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3741 struct breakpoint *b;
3742 struct frame_info *fr;
3743 int within_current_scope;
3744
3745 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3746 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3747 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3748
3749 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
3750
3751 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3752 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3753 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3754 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3755 return WP_IGNORE;
3756
3757 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3758 within_current_scope = 1;
3759 else
3760 {
3761 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3762 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3763 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3764
3765 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3766 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3767 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3768 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3769 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3770 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3771 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3772 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3773 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3774 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3775 return WP_IGNORE;
3776
3777 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3778 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3779
3780 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3781 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3782 if (within_current_scope)
3783 {
3784 struct symbol *function;
3785
3786 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3787 if (function == NULL
3788 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3789 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3790 within_current_scope = 0;
3791 }
3792
3793 if (within_current_scope)
3794 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3795 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3796 the user. */
3797 select_frame (fr);
3798 }
3799
3800 if (within_current_scope)
3801 {
3802 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3803 time before we return to the command level and call
3804 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3805 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3806
3807 int pc = 0;
3808 struct value *mark;
3809 struct value *new_val;
3810
3811 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3812 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3813 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3814 a mask watchpoint. */
3815 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3816
3817 mark = value_mark ();
3818 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3819
3820 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3821 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3822 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3823 not what we want. */
3824 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3825 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3826 {
3827 if (new_val != NULL)
3828 {
3829 release_value (new_val);
3830 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3831 }
3832 bs->old_val = b->val;
3833 b->val = new_val;
3834 b->val_valid = 1;
3835 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3836 }
3837 else
3838 {
3839 /* Nothing changed. */
3840 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3841 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3842 }
3843 }
3844 else
3845 {
3846 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3847 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3848 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3849 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3850 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3851 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3852 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3853 the first value assigned). */
3854 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3855 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3856 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3857 information here. */
3858 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3859 ui_out_field_string
3860 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3861 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3862 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
3863 ui_out_text (uiout,
3864 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3865 which its expression is valid.\n");
3866
3867 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3868 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
3869 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3870
3871 return WP_DELETED;
3872 }
3873 }
3874
3875 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3876 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3877 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3878 static int
3879 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3880 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3881 {
3882 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3883
3884 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3885 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3886
3887 if (b->ops && b->ops->breakpoint_hit)
3888 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3889
3890 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3891 tracepoints. */
3892 if (is_tracepoint (b))
3893 return 0;
3894
3895 if (!is_watchpoint (b)
3896 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
3897 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3898 {
3899 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3900 aspace, bp_addr))
3901 return 0;
3902 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3903 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3904 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3905 return 0;
3906 }
3907
3908 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3909 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3910 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3911 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3912 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3913 (did not match the data address). */
3914
3915 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3916 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
3917 return 0;
3918
3919 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
3920 {
3921 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
3922 return 0;
3923 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3924 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3925 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3926 return 0;
3927 }
3928
3929 return 1;
3930 }
3931
3932 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3933 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3934 to 0. */
3935 static void
3936 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3937 {
3938 const struct bp_location *bl;
3939 struct breakpoint *b;
3940
3941 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3942 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3943 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3944 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3945 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3946
3947 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3948 {
3949 int must_check_value = 0;
3950
3951 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3952 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3953 watched value. */
3954 must_check_value = 1;
3955 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3956 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3957 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3958 this watchpoint. */
3959 must_check_value = 1;
3960 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3961 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3962 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3963 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3964 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3965 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3966 must_check_value = 1;
3967
3968 if (must_check_value)
3969 {
3970 char *message
3971 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3972 b->number);
3973 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3974 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3975 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3976 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3977 switch (e)
3978 {
3979 case WP_DELETED:
3980 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3981 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3982 /* Stop. */
3983 break;
3984 case WP_IGNORE:
3985 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3986 bs->stop = 0;
3987 break;
3988 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3989 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3990 {
3991 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3992
3993 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3994 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3995 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3996 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3997 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3998 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3999 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4000 old value.
4001
4002 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4003 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4004 happen:
4005
4006 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4007 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4008 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4009 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4010
4011 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4012 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4013 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4014 watchpoint.
4015
4016 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4017 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4018 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4019 changes. This still gives false positives when
4020 the program writes the same value to memory as
4021 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4022 it for a read), but it's much better than
4023 nothing. */
4024
4025 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4026
4027 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4028 {
4029 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4030
4031 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4032 if ((other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4033 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4034 && (other_b->watchpoint_triggered
4035 == watch_triggered_yes))
4036 {
4037 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4038 break;
4039 }
4040 }
4041
4042 if (other_write_watchpoint
4043 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4044 {
4045 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4046 and the value changed since the last time we
4047 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4048 Ignore it. */
4049 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4050 bs->stop = 0;
4051 }
4052 }
4053 break;
4054 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4055 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4056 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4057 {
4058 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4059 the value hasn't changed. */
4060 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4061 bs->stop = 0;
4062 }
4063 /* Stop. */
4064 break;
4065 default:
4066 /* Can't happen. */
4067 case 0:
4068 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4069 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
4070 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4071 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4072 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4073 break;
4074 }
4075 }
4076 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4077 {
4078 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4079 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4080 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4081 anything for this watchpoint. */
4082 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4083 bs->stop = 0;
4084 }
4085 }
4086 }
4087
4088
4089 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4090 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4091 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4092
4093 static void
4094 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4095 {
4096 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4097 const struct bp_location *bl;
4098 struct breakpoint *b;
4099
4100 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4101 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4102 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4103 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4104 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4105
4106 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4107 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4108 bs->stop = 0;
4109 else if (bs->stop)
4110 {
4111 int value_is_zero = 0;
4112 struct expression *cond;
4113
4114 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4115 method implemented. */
4116 if (b->py_bp_object)
4117 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4118
4119 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4120 cond = b->cond_exp;
4121 else
4122 cond = bl->cond;
4123
4124 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4125 {
4126 int within_current_scope = 1;
4127
4128 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4129 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4130 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4131 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4132 function call. */
4133 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4134
4135 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4136 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4137 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4138 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4139 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4140 call site. */
4141 if (!is_watchpoint (b) || b->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4142 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4143 else
4144 {
4145 struct frame_info *frame;
4146
4147 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4148 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4149 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4150 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4151 really matter which instantiation of the function
4152 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4153 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4154 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4155 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4156 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4157 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4158 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4159 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4160 intuitive. */
4161 frame = block_innermost_frame (b->cond_exp_valid_block);
4162 if (frame != NULL)
4163 select_frame (frame);
4164 else
4165 within_current_scope = 0;
4166 }
4167 if (within_current_scope)
4168 value_is_zero
4169 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4170 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4171 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4172 else
4173 {
4174 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4175 "in the current scope"));
4176 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4177 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4178 value_is_zero = 0;
4179 }
4180 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4181 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4182 }
4183
4184 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4185 {
4186 bs->stop = 0;
4187 }
4188 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4189 {
4190 bs->stop = 0;
4191 }
4192 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4193 {
4194 b->ignore_count--;
4195 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4196 bs->stop = 0;
4197 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4198 ++(b->hit_count);
4199 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4200 }
4201 }
4202 }
4203
4204
4205 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4206 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4207
4208 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4209 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4210 that:
4211
4212 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4213
4214 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4215
4216 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4217 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4218 several reasons concurrently.)
4219
4220 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4221 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4222
4223 bpstat
4224 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4225 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4226 {
4227 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4228 struct bp_location *bl;
4229 struct bp_location *loc;
4230 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4231 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4232 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4233 bpstat bs;
4234 int ix;
4235 int need_remove_insert;
4236 int removed_any;
4237
4238 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4239 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4240 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4241 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4242 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4243 inferior function calls. */
4244
4245 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4246 {
4247 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4248 continue;
4249
4250 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4251 {
4252 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4253 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4254 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4255 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4256 checked all locations already. */
4257 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4258 break;
4259
4260 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4261 continue;
4262
4263 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4264 continue;
4265
4266 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4267 matches. */
4268
4269 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4270 explain stop. */
4271
4272 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4273 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4274 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4275 bs->stop = 1;
4276 bs->print = 1;
4277
4278 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4279 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4280 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4281 iteration. */
4282 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4283 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4284 }
4285 }
4286
4287 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4288 {
4289 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4290 {
4291 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4292 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4293 bs->stop = 0;
4294 bs->print = 0;
4295 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4296 }
4297 }
4298
4299 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4300 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4301 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4302
4303 removed_any = 0;
4304
4305 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4306 {
4307 if (!bs->stop)
4308 continue;
4309
4310 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
4311 if (!bs->stop)
4312 continue;
4313
4314 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4315
4316 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->check_status != NULL)
4317 {
4318 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4319 if (!bs->stop)
4320 continue;
4321 }
4322
4323 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
4324 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master
4325 || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
4326 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
4327 /* We do not stop for these. */
4328 bs->stop = 0;
4329 else
4330 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4331
4332 if (bs->stop)
4333 {
4334 ++(b->hit_count);
4335 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4336
4337 /* We will stop here. */
4338 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4339 {
4340 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4341 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4342 removed_any = 1;
4343 }
4344 if (b->silent)
4345 bs->print = 0;
4346 bs->commands = b->commands;
4347 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4348 bs->commands_left = bs->commands ? bs->commands->commands : NULL;
4349 if (bs->commands_left
4350 && (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands_left->line) == 0
4351 || (xdb_commands
4352 && strcmp ("Q",
4353 bs->commands_left->line) == 0)))
4354 {
4355 bs->commands_left = bs->commands_left->next;
4356 bs->print = 0;
4357 }
4358 }
4359
4360 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4361 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4362 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4363 }
4364
4365 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4366 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4367 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4368 done later. */
4369 need_remove_insert = 0;
4370 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4371 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4372 if (!bs->stop
4373 && bs->breakpoint_at
4374 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4375 {
4376 update_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4377 need_remove_insert = 1;
4378 }
4379
4380 if (need_remove_insert)
4381 update_global_location_list (1);
4382 else if (removed_any)
4383 update_global_location_list (0);
4384
4385 return bs_head;
4386 }
4387
4388 static void
4389 handle_jit_event (void)
4390 {
4391 struct frame_info *frame;
4392 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4393
4394 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4395 breakpoint_re_set. */
4396 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4397
4398 frame = get_current_frame ();
4399 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4400
4401 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4402
4403 target_terminal_inferior ();
4404 }
4405
4406 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4407
4408 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4409
4410 struct bpstat_what
4411 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4412 {
4413 struct bpstat_what retval;
4414 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4415 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4416 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4417 int shlib_event = 0;
4418 int jit_event = 0;
4419 bpstat bs;
4420
4421 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4422 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4423 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4424
4425 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4426 {
4427 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4428 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4429 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4430 enum bptype bptype;
4431
4432 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4433 {
4434 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4435 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4436 bptype = bp_none;
4437 }
4438 else if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4439 bptype = bp_none;
4440 else
4441 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4442
4443 switch (bptype)
4444 {
4445 case bp_none:
4446 break;
4447 case bp_breakpoint:
4448 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4449 case bp_until:
4450 case bp_finish:
4451 if (bs->stop)
4452 {
4453 if (bs->print)
4454 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4455 else
4456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4457 }
4458 else
4459 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4460 break;
4461 case bp_watchpoint:
4462 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4463 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4464 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4465 if (bs->stop)
4466 {
4467 if (bs->print)
4468 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4469 else
4470 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4471 }
4472 else
4473 {
4474 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4475 This requires no further action. */
4476 }
4477 break;
4478 case bp_longjmp:
4479 case bp_exception:
4480 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4481 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4482 break;
4483 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4484 case bp_exception_resume:
4485 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4486 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4487 break;
4488 case bp_step_resume:
4489 if (bs->stop)
4490 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4491 else
4492 {
4493 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4494 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4495 }
4496 break;
4497 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4498 if (bs->stop)
4499 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4500 else
4501 {
4502 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4503 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4504 }
4505 break;
4506 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4507 case bp_thread_event:
4508 case bp_overlay_event:
4509 case bp_longjmp_master:
4510 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4511 case bp_exception_master:
4512 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4513 break;
4514 case bp_catchpoint:
4515 if (bs->stop)
4516 {
4517 if (bs->print)
4518 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4519 else
4520 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4521 }
4522 else
4523 {
4524 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4525 This requires no further action. */
4526 }
4527 break;
4528 case bp_shlib_event:
4529 shlib_event = 1;
4530
4531 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4532 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4533 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4534 loaded objects (among other things). */
4535 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4536 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4537 else
4538 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4539 break;
4540 case bp_jit_event:
4541 jit_event = 1;
4542 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4543 break;
4544 case bp_call_dummy:
4545 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4546 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4547 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4548 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4549 break;
4550 case bp_std_terminate:
4551 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4552 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4553 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4554 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4555 break;
4556 case bp_tracepoint:
4557 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4558 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4559 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4560 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4561 out already. */
4562 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4563 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4564 break;
4565 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4566 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4567 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4568 break;
4569 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4570 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4571 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4572 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4573 break;
4574 default:
4575 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4576 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4577 }
4578
4579 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4580 }
4581
4582 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4583 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4584
4585 if (shlib_event)
4586 {
4587 if (debug_infrun)
4588 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4589
4590 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4591 to be adding them automatically. */
4592
4593 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4594 breakpoint_re_set. */
4595 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4596
4597 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4598 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4599 #else
4600 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4601 #endif
4602
4603 target_terminal_inferior ();
4604 }
4605
4606 if (jit_event)
4607 {
4608 if (debug_infrun)
4609 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4610
4611 handle_jit_event ();
4612 }
4613
4614 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4615 {
4616 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4617
4618 if (b == NULL)
4619 continue;
4620 switch (b->type)
4621 {
4622 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4623 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4624 break;
4625 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4626 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4627 break;
4628 }
4629 }
4630
4631 return retval;
4632 }
4633
4634 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4635 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4636 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4637
4638 int
4639 bpstat_should_step (void)
4640 {
4641 struct breakpoint *b;
4642
4643 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4644 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4645 return 1;
4646 return 0;
4647 }
4648
4649 int
4650 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4651 {
4652 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4653 if (bs->stop)
4654 return 1;
4655
4656 return 0;
4657 }
4658
4659 \f
4660
4661 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4662 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4663 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4664
4665 static char *
4666 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4667 {
4668 static char wrap_indent[80];
4669 int i, total_width, width, align;
4670 char *text;
4671
4672 total_width = 0;
4673 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4674 {
4675 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4676 {
4677 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4678 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4679 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4680
4681 return wrap_indent;
4682 }
4683
4684 total_width += width + 1;
4685 }
4686
4687 return NULL;
4688 }
4689
4690 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4691
4692 static void
4693 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4694 struct bp_location *loc)
4695 {
4696 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4697
4698 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4699 loc = NULL;
4700
4701 if (loc != NULL)
4702 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4703
4704 if (b->display_canonical)
4705 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4706 else if (b->source_file && loc)
4707 {
4708 struct symbol *sym
4709 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4710 if (sym)
4711 {
4712 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4713 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4714 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4715 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4716 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4717 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4718 }
4719 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
4720 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4721
4722 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4723 {
4724 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4725 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4726
4727 if (fullname)
4728 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4729 }
4730
4731 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
4732 }
4733 else if (loc)
4734 {
4735 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4736 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4737
4738 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4739 demangle, "");
4740 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4741
4742 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4743 }
4744 else
4745 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4746
4747 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4748 }
4749
4750 static const char *
4751 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4752 {
4753 struct ep_type_description
4754 {
4755 enum bptype type;
4756 char *description;
4757 };
4758 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4759 {
4760 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4761 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4762 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4763 {bp_until, "until"},
4764 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4765 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4766 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4767 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4768 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4769 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4770 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4771 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4772 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4773 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4774 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4775 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4776 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4777 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4778 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4779 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4780 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4781 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4782 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4783 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4784 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4785 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4786 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4787 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4788 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4789 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4790 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4791 };
4792
4793 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4794 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4795 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4796 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4797 (int) type);
4798
4799 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4800 }
4801
4802 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4803
4804 static void
4805 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4806 struct bp_location *loc,
4807 int loc_number,
4808 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4809 int allflag)
4810 {
4811 struct command_line *l;
4812 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4813
4814 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4815 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4816 struct value_print_options opts;
4817
4818 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4819
4820 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4821 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4822 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4823 if (loc == NULL
4824 && (b->loc != NULL
4825 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4826 header_of_multiple = 1;
4827 if (loc == NULL)
4828 loc = b->loc;
4829
4830 annotate_record ();
4831
4832 /* 1 */
4833 annotate_field (0);
4834 if (part_of_multiple)
4835 {
4836 char *formatted;
4837 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4838 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4839 xfree (formatted);
4840 }
4841 else
4842 {
4843 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4844 }
4845
4846 /* 2 */
4847 annotate_field (1);
4848 if (part_of_multiple)
4849 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4850 else
4851 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4852
4853 /* 3 */
4854 annotate_field (2);
4855 if (part_of_multiple)
4856 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4857 else
4858 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4859
4860
4861 /* 4 */
4862 annotate_field (3);
4863 if (part_of_multiple)
4864 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4865 else
4866 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4867 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4868 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4869
4870
4871 /* 5 and 6 */
4872 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4873 {
4874 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4875 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4876 make sure there's just one location. */
4877 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4878 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4879 }
4880 else
4881 switch (b->type)
4882 {
4883 case bp_none:
4884 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4885 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4886 break;
4887
4888 case bp_watchpoint:
4889 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4890 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4891 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4892 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4893 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4894 is relatively readable). */
4895 if (opts.addressprint)
4896 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4897 annotate_field (5);
4898 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
4899 break;
4900
4901 case bp_breakpoint:
4902 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4903 case bp_until:
4904 case bp_finish:
4905 case bp_longjmp:
4906 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4907 case bp_exception:
4908 case bp_exception_resume:
4909 case bp_step_resume:
4910 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4911 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4912 case bp_call_dummy:
4913 case bp_std_terminate:
4914 case bp_shlib_event:
4915 case bp_thread_event:
4916 case bp_overlay_event:
4917 case bp_longjmp_master:
4918 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4919 case bp_exception_master:
4920 case bp_tracepoint:
4921 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4922 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4923 case bp_jit_event:
4924 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4925 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4926 if (opts.addressprint)
4927 {
4928 annotate_field (4);
4929 if (header_of_multiple)
4930 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4931 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4932 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4933 else
4934 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4935 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4936 }
4937 annotate_field (5);
4938 if (!header_of_multiple)
4939 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4940 if (b->loc)
4941 *last_loc = b->loc;
4942 break;
4943 }
4944
4945
4946 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4947 are several. */
4948 if (loc != NULL
4949 && !header_of_multiple
4950 && (allflag
4951 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4952 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4953 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4954 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4955 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4956 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4957 {
4958 struct inferior *inf;
4959 int first = 1;
4960
4961 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4962 {
4963 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4964 {
4965 if (first)
4966 {
4967 first = 0;
4968 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4969 }
4970 else
4971 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4972 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4973 }
4974 }
4975 }
4976
4977 if (!part_of_multiple)
4978 {
4979 if (b->thread != -1)
4980 {
4981 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4982 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4983 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4984 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4985 }
4986 else if (b->task != 0)
4987 {
4988 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4989 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4990 }
4991 }
4992
4993 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4994
4995 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ops && b->ops->print_one_detail)
4996 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4997
4998 if (!part_of_multiple && b->static_trace_marker_id)
4999 {
5000 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
5001
5002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
5003 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
5004 b->static_trace_marker_id);
5005 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5006 }
5007
5008 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5009 {
5010 annotate_field (6);
5011 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5012 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
5013 the frame ID. */
5014 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5015 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5016 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5017 }
5018
5019 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
5020 {
5021 annotate_field (7);
5022 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5023 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5024 else
5025 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5027 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5028 }
5029
5030 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5031 {
5032 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5033 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5034 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5035 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5036 }
5037
5038 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5039 {
5040 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5041 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
5042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5043 else
5044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5045 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5046 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5047 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5048 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5049 else
5050 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5051 }
5052
5053 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5054 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5056 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5057 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5058
5059 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5060 {
5061 annotate_field (8);
5062 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5063 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5064 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5065 }
5066
5067 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5068 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5069 {
5070 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5071
5072 annotate_field (9);
5073 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5074 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5075 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5076 }
5077
5078 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
5079 {
5080 annotate_field (10);
5081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
5083 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5084 }
5085
5086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5087 {
5088 if (b->addr_string)
5089 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5090 else if (b->exp_string)
5091 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
5092 }
5093 }
5094
5095 static void
5096 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5097 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5098 int allflag)
5099 {
5100 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5101
5102 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5103
5104 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5105 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5106
5107 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5108 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5109 locations, if any. */
5110 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5111 {
5112 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5113 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5114 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5115 situation.
5116
5117 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5118 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5119 if (b->loc
5120 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5121 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5122 {
5123 struct bp_location *loc;
5124 int n = 1;
5125
5126 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5127 {
5128 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5129 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5130 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5131 do_cleanups (inner2);
5132 }
5133 }
5134 }
5135 }
5136
5137 static int
5138 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5139 {
5140 int print_address_bits = 0;
5141 struct bp_location *loc;
5142
5143 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5144 {
5145 int addr_bit;
5146
5147 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5148 an address to print. */
5149 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5150 continue;
5151
5152 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5153 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5154 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5155 }
5156
5157 return print_address_bits;
5158 }
5159
5160 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5161 {
5162 int bnum;
5163 };
5164
5165 static int
5166 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5167 {
5168 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5169 struct breakpoint *b;
5170 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5171
5172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5173 {
5174 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5175 {
5176 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5177 return GDB_RC_OK;
5178 }
5179 }
5180 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5181 }
5182
5183 enum gdb_rc
5184 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5185 char **error_message)
5186 {
5187 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5188
5189 args.bnum = bnum;
5190 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5191 an error. */
5192 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5193 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5194 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5195 else
5196 return GDB_RC_OK;
5197 }
5198
5199 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5200 internal or momentary. */
5201
5202 int
5203 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5204 {
5205 return b->number > 0;
5206 }
5207
5208 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5209 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5210 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5211 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5212 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5213 breakpoints listed. */
5214
5215 static int
5216 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5217 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5218 {
5219 struct breakpoint *b;
5220 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5221 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5222 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5223 struct value_print_options opts;
5224 int print_address_bits = 0;
5225 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5226
5227 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5228
5229 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5230 required for address fields. */
5231 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5233 {
5234 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5235 if (filter && !filter (b))
5236 continue;
5237
5238 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5239 accept. Skip the others. */
5240 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5241 {
5242 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5243 continue;
5244 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5245 continue;
5246 }
5247
5248 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5249 {
5250 int addr_bit, type_len;
5251
5252 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5253 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5254 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5255
5256 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5257 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5258 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5259
5260 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5261 }
5262 }
5263
5264 if (opts.addressprint)
5265 bkpttbl_chain
5266 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5267 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5268 "BreakpointTable");
5269 else
5270 bkpttbl_chain
5271 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5272 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5273 "BreakpointTable");
5274
5275 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5276 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5277 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5278 annotate_field (0);
5279 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5280 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5281 annotate_field (1);
5282 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5283 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5284 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5285 annotate_field (2);
5286 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5287 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5288 annotate_field (3);
5289 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5290 if (opts.addressprint)
5291 {
5292 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5293 annotate_field (4);
5294 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5295 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5296 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5297 else
5298 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5299 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5300 }
5301 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5302 annotate_field (5);
5303 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5304 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5305 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5306 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5307
5308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5309 {
5310 QUIT;
5311 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5312 if (filter && !filter (b))
5313 continue;
5314
5315 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5316 accept. Skip the others. */
5317
5318 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5319 {
5320 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5321 {
5322 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5323 continue;
5324 }
5325 else /* all others */
5326 {
5327 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5328 continue;
5329 }
5330 }
5331 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5332 allflag is set. */
5333 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5334 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5335 }
5336
5337 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5338
5339 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5340 {
5341 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5342 empty list. */
5343 if (!filter)
5344 {
5345 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5346 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5347 else
5348 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5349 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5350 args);
5351 }
5352 }
5353 else
5354 {
5355 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5356 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5357 }
5358
5359 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5360 there have been breakpoints? */
5361 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5362
5363 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5364 }
5365
5366 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5367 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5368
5369 static void
5370 default_collect_info (void)
5371 {
5372 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5373 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5374 not wanted. */
5375 if (!*default_collect)
5376 return;
5377
5378 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5379 actions. */
5380 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5381 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5382 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5383 }
5384
5385 static void
5386 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5387 {
5388 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5389
5390 default_collect_info ();
5391 }
5392
5393 static void
5394 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5395 {
5396 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5397
5398 if (num_printed == 0)
5399 {
5400 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5401 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5402 else
5403 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5404 }
5405 }
5406
5407 static void
5408 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5409 {
5410 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5411
5412 default_collect_info ();
5413 }
5414
5415 static int
5416 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5417 struct program_space *pspace,
5418 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5419 {
5420 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5421
5422 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5423 {
5424 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5425 && bl->address == pc
5426 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5427 return 1;
5428 }
5429 return 0;
5430 }
5431
5432 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5433 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5434 address spaces. */
5435
5436 static void
5437 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5438 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5439 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5440 {
5441 int others = 0;
5442 struct breakpoint *b;
5443
5444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5445 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section);
5446 if (others > 0)
5447 {
5448 if (others == 1)
5449 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5450 else /* if (others == ???) */
5451 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5452 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5453 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5454 {
5455 others--;
5456 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5457 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5458 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5459 else if (b->thread != -1)
5460 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5461 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5462 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5463 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
5464 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
5465 ? " (disabled)"
5466 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5467 ? " (permanent)"
5468 : ""),
5469 (others > 1) ? ","
5470 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5471 }
5472 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5473 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5474 printf_filtered (".\n");
5475 }
5476 }
5477 \f
5478 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5479 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5480
5481 void
5482 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, struct program_space *pspace,
5483 CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
5484 int line)
5485 {
5486 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
5487 default_breakpoint_pspace = pspace;
5488 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
5489 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
5490 default_breakpoint_line = line;
5491 }
5492
5493 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5494 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5495 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5496 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5497
5498 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5499 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5500 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5501 breakpoint at address zero:
5502
5503 bp_watchpoint
5504 bp_catchpoint
5505
5506 */
5507
5508 static int
5509 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5510 {
5511 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5512
5513 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5514 }
5515
5516 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5517 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5518
5519 static int
5520 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5521 struct bp_location *loc2)
5522 {
5523 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5524 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5525 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5526
5527 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5528 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5529 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5530 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5531 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5532 other watchpoint. */
5533 if ((loc1->owner->cond_exp
5534 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5535 loc1->length,
5536 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5537 loc1->owner->cond_exp))
5538 || (loc2->owner->cond_exp
5539 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5540 loc2->length,
5541 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5542 loc2->owner->cond_exp)))
5543 return 0;
5544
5545 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5546 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5547 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5548 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5549 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5550 become hw_access locations later. */
5551 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5552 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5553 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5554 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5555 }
5556
5557 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5558 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5559 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5560 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5561
5562 static int
5563 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5564 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5565 {
5566 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5567 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5568 && addr1 == addr2);
5569 }
5570
5571 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5572 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5573 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5574 space doesn't really matter. */
5575
5576 static int
5577 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5578 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5579 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5580 {
5581 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5582 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5583 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5584 }
5585
5586 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5587 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5588 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5589 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5590
5591 static int
5592 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5593 struct address_space *aspace,
5594 CORE_ADDR addr)
5595 {
5596 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5597 aspace, addr)
5598 || (bl->length
5599 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5600 bl->address, bl->length,
5601 aspace, addr)));
5602 }
5603
5604 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5605 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5606 represent the same location. */
5607
5608 static int
5609 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5610 struct bp_location *loc2)
5611 {
5612 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5613
5614 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5615 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5616 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5617
5618 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5619 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5620
5621 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5622 return 0;
5623 else if (hw_point1)
5624 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5625 else
5626 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5627 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5628 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5629 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5630 }
5631
5632 static void
5633 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5634 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5635 {
5636 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5637 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5638 char astr1[64];
5639 char astr2[64];
5640
5641 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5642 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5643 if (have_bnum)
5644 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5645 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5646 else
5647 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5648 }
5649
5650 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5651 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5652 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5653 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5654
5655 static CORE_ADDR
5656 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5657 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5658 {
5659 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5660 {
5661 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5662 return bpaddr;
5663 }
5664 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5665 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5666 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5667 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5668 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5669 {
5670 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5671 have their addresses modified. */
5672 return bpaddr;
5673 }
5674 else
5675 {
5676 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5677
5678 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5679 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5680 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5681
5682 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5683 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5684 is required. */
5685 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5686 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5687
5688 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5689 }
5690 }
5691
5692 void
5693 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5694 struct breakpoint *owner)
5695 {
5696 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5697
5698 loc->ops = ops;
5699 loc->owner = owner;
5700 loc->cond = NULL;
5701 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5702 loc->enabled = 1;
5703
5704 switch (owner->type)
5705 {
5706 case bp_breakpoint:
5707 case bp_until:
5708 case bp_finish:
5709 case bp_longjmp:
5710 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5711 case bp_exception:
5712 case bp_exception_resume:
5713 case bp_step_resume:
5714 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5715 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5716 case bp_call_dummy:
5717 case bp_std_terminate:
5718 case bp_shlib_event:
5719 case bp_thread_event:
5720 case bp_overlay_event:
5721 case bp_jit_event:
5722 case bp_longjmp_master:
5723 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5724 case bp_exception_master:
5725 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5726 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5727 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5728 break;
5729 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5730 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5731 break;
5732 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5733 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5734 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5735 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5736 break;
5737 case bp_watchpoint:
5738 case bp_catchpoint:
5739 case bp_tracepoint:
5740 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5741 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5742 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5743 break;
5744 default:
5745 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5746 }
5747
5748 loc->refc = 1;
5749 }
5750
5751 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5752
5753 static struct bp_location *
5754 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5755 {
5756 struct bp_location *loc;
5757
5758 if (bpt->ops && bpt->ops->allocate_location)
5759 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5760
5761 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
5762 init_bp_location (loc, NULL, bpt);
5763 return loc;
5764 }
5765
5766 static void
5767 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5768 {
5769 if (loc->ops && loc->ops->dtor)
5770 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5771
5772 if (loc->cond)
5773 xfree (loc->cond);
5774
5775 if (loc->function_name)
5776 xfree (loc->function_name);
5777
5778 xfree (loc);
5779 }
5780
5781 /* Increment reference count. */
5782
5783 static void
5784 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5785 {
5786 ++bl->refc;
5787 }
5788
5789 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5790 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5791
5792 static void
5793 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5794 {
5795 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5796
5797 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5798 free_bp_location (*blp);
5799 *blp = NULL;
5800 }
5801
5802 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5803
5804 static void
5805 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5806 {
5807 struct breakpoint *b1;
5808
5809 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5810 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5811
5812 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5813 if (b1 == 0)
5814 breakpoint_chain = b;
5815 else
5816 {
5817 while (b1->next)
5818 b1 = b1->next;
5819 b1->next = b;
5820 }
5821 }
5822
5823 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5824
5825 static void
5826 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5827 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5828 enum bptype bptype,
5829 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5830 {
5831 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5832
5833 b->ops = ops;
5834 b->type = bptype;
5835 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5836 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5837 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5838 b->thread = -1;
5839 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5840 b->next = 0;
5841 b->silent = 0;
5842 b->ignore_count = 0;
5843 b->commands = NULL;
5844 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5845 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5846 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5847 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5848 }
5849
5850 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5851 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5852 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5853 static. */
5854
5855 static struct breakpoint *
5856 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5857 enum bptype bptype)
5858 {
5859 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5860
5861 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, NULL);
5862 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5863 return b;
5864 }
5865
5866 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5867 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5868 enough. */
5869
5870 static void
5871 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5872 {
5873 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5874
5875 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5876 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5877 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5878 {
5879 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5880
5881 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5882 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5883
5884 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5885 {
5886 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5887
5888 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5889 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5890 &loc->requested_address))
5891 {
5892 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5893 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5894 loc->requested_address,
5895 b->type);
5896 }
5897 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5898 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5899 {
5900 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5901 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5902 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5903 }
5904 }
5905
5906 if (loc->function_name)
5907 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5908 }
5909 }
5910
5911 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5912 static struct gdbarch *
5913 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5914 {
5915 if (sal.section)
5916 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5917 if (sal.symtab)
5918 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5919
5920 return NULL;
5921 }
5922
5923 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5924 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5925 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5926
5927 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5928 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5929 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5930
5931 static void
5932 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5933 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5934 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5935 {
5936 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
5937 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch;
5938
5939 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5940
5941 loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
5942 if (!loc_gdbarch)
5943 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
5944
5945 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5946 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5947
5948 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5949 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5950 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5951 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5952 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5953 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5954 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
5955 sal.pc, b->type);
5956
5957 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5958 b->loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
5959 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
5960 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
5961 b->loc->pspace = sal.pspace;
5962
5963 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5964 breakpoint resetting. */
5965 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5966
5967 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
5968 b->source_file = NULL;
5969 else
5970 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
5971 b->loc->section = sal.section;
5972 b->line_number = sal.line;
5973
5974 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc,
5975 sal.explicit_pc || sal.explicit_line);
5976
5977 breakpoints_changed ();
5978 }
5979
5980 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5981 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5982 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5983 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5984 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5985 is also returned as the value of this function.
5986
5987 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5988 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5989 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5990 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5991 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5992 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5993 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5994
5995 struct breakpoint *
5996 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5997 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
5998 {
5999 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6000
6001 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, NULL);
6002 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6003 return b;
6004 }
6005
6006
6007 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
6008 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6009 void
6010 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
6011 {
6012 struct bp_location *bl;
6013
6014 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
6015
6016 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6017 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6018 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6019 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6020 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
6021 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6022 bl->inserted = 1;
6023 }
6024
6025 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6026 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6027 initiated the operation. */
6028
6029 void
6030 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
6031 {
6032 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6033 int thread = tp->num;
6034
6035 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6036 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6037 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6038 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6040 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6041 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
6042 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
6043 {
6044 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
6045
6046 clone->type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
6047 clone->thread = thread;
6048 }
6049
6050 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6051 }
6052
6053 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6054 void
6055 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6056 {
6057 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6058
6059 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6060 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6061 {
6062 if (b->thread == thread)
6063 delete_breakpoint (b);
6064 }
6065 }
6066
6067 void
6068 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6069 {
6070 struct breakpoint *b;
6071
6072 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6073 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6074 {
6075 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6076 update_global_location_list (1);
6077 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6078 }
6079 }
6080
6081 void
6082 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6083 {
6084 struct breakpoint *b;
6085
6086 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6087 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6088 {
6089 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6090 update_global_location_list (0);
6091 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6092 }
6093 }
6094
6095 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6096 master breakpoint. */
6097 void
6098 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6099 {
6100 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6101
6102 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6103 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6104 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6105 {
6106 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
6107 clone->type = bp_std_terminate;
6108 }
6109 }
6110
6111 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6112 void
6113 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6114 {
6115 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6116
6117 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6118 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6119 delete_breakpoint (b);
6120 }
6121
6122 struct breakpoint *
6123 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6124 {
6125 struct breakpoint *b;
6126
6127 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event);
6128
6129 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6130 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6131 b->addr_string
6132 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6133
6134 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6135
6136 return b;
6137 }
6138
6139 void
6140 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6141 {
6142 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6143
6144 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6145 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6146 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6147 delete_breakpoint (b);
6148 }
6149
6150 struct lang_and_radix
6151 {
6152 enum language lang;
6153 int radix;
6154 };
6155
6156 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6157
6158 struct breakpoint *
6159 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6160 {
6161 struct breakpoint *b;
6162
6163 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event);
6164 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6165 return b;
6166 }
6167
6168 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6169
6170 void
6171 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6172 {
6173 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6174
6175 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6176 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6177 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6178 delete_breakpoint (b);
6179 }
6180
6181 void
6182 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6183 {
6184 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6185
6186 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6187 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6188 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6189 delete_breakpoint (b);
6190 }
6191
6192 struct breakpoint *
6193 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6194 {
6195 struct breakpoint *b;
6196
6197 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event);
6198 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6199 return b;
6200 }
6201
6202 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6203 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6204
6205 void
6206 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6207 {
6208 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6209
6210 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6211 {
6212 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6213 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6214
6215 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6216 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6217 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6218 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6219 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6220 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6221 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6222 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6223 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6224 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6225 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6226 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6227 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6228 #else
6229 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6230 #endif
6231 )
6232 {
6233 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6234 }
6235 }
6236 }
6237
6238 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in an unloaded shared library.
6239 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6240 disabled. */
6241
6242 static void
6243 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6244 {
6245 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6246 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6247
6248 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6249 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6250 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6251 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6252 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6253 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6254 return;
6255
6256 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6257 {
6258 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6259 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6260
6261 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6262 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
6263 && solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6264 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6265 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
6266 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6267 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6268 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6269 {
6270 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6271 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6272 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6273 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6274 loc->inserted = 0;
6275
6276 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6277 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6278
6279 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6280 {
6281 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6282 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6283 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6284 solib->so_name);
6285 }
6286 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6287 }
6288 }
6289 }
6290
6291 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6292
6293 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6294 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6295 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6296 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6297 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6298
6299 struct fork_catchpoint
6300 {
6301 /* The base class. */
6302 struct breakpoint base;
6303
6304 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6305 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6306 catchpoint has triggered. */
6307 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6308 };
6309
6310 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6311 catchpoints. */
6312
6313 static int
6314 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6315 {
6316 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6317 }
6318
6319 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6320 catchpoints. */
6321
6322 static int
6323 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6324 {
6325 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6326 }
6327
6328 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6329 catchpoints. */
6330
6331 static int
6332 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6333 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6334 {
6335 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6336
6337 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6338 }
6339
6340 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6341 catchpoints. */
6342
6343 static enum print_stop_action
6344 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6345 {
6346 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6347
6348 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6349 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6350 b->number, ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6351 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6352 }
6353
6354 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6355 catchpoints. */
6356
6357 static void
6358 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6359 {
6360 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6361 struct value_print_options opts;
6362
6363 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6364
6365 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6366 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6367 readable). */
6368 if (opts.addressprint)
6369 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6370 annotate_field (5);
6371 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6372 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6373 {
6374 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6375 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6376 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6377 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6378 }
6379 }
6380
6381 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6382 catchpoints. */
6383
6384 static void
6385 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6386 {
6387 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6388 }
6389
6390 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6391 catchpoints. */
6392
6393 static void
6394 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6395 {
6396 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6397 }
6398
6399 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6400
6401 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
6402 {
6403 NULL, /* dtor */
6404 NULL, /* allocate_location */
6405 NULL, /* re_set */
6406 insert_catch_fork,
6407 remove_catch_fork,
6408 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
6409 NULL, /* check_status */
6410 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6411 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6412 print_it_catch_fork,
6413 print_one_catch_fork,
6414 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6415 print_mention_catch_fork,
6416 print_recreate_catch_fork
6417 };
6418
6419 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6420 catchpoints. */
6421
6422 static int
6423 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6424 {
6425 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6426 }
6427
6428 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6429 catchpoints. */
6430
6431 static int
6432 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6433 {
6434 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6435 }
6436
6437 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6438 catchpoints. */
6439
6440 static int
6441 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6442 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6443 {
6444 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6445
6446 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6447 }
6448
6449 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6450 catchpoints. */
6451
6452 static enum print_stop_action
6453 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6454 {
6455 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6456
6457 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6458 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6459 b->number, ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6460 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6461 }
6462
6463 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6464 catchpoints. */
6465
6466 static void
6467 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6468 {
6469 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6470 struct value_print_options opts;
6471
6472 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6473 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6474 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6475 readable). */
6476 if (opts.addressprint)
6477 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6478 annotate_field (5);
6479 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6480 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6481 {
6482 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6483 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6484 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6485 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6486 }
6487 }
6488
6489 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6490 catchpoints. */
6491
6492 static void
6493 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6494 {
6495 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6496 }
6497
6498 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6499 catchpoints. */
6500
6501 static void
6502 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6503 {
6504 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6505 }
6506
6507 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6508
6509 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
6510 {
6511 NULL, /* dtor */
6512 NULL, /* allocate_location */
6513 NULL, /* re_set */
6514 insert_catch_vfork,
6515 remove_catch_vfork,
6516 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
6517 NULL, /* check_status */
6518 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6519 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6520 print_it_catch_vfork,
6521 print_one_catch_vfork,
6522 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6523 print_mention_catch_vfork,
6524 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6525 };
6526
6527 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6528 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6529 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6530 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6531 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6532
6533 struct syscall_catchpoint
6534 {
6535 /* The base class. */
6536 struct breakpoint base;
6537
6538 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6539 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6540 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6541 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6542 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6543 };
6544
6545 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6546 catchpoints. */
6547
6548 static void
6549 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6550 {
6551 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6552
6553 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6554 }
6555
6556 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6557 catchpoints. */
6558
6559 static int
6560 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6561 {
6562 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6563 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6564
6565 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6566 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6567 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6568 else
6569 {
6570 int i, iter;
6571
6572 for (i = 0;
6573 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6574 i++)
6575 {
6576 int elem;
6577
6578 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6579 {
6580 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6581 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6582 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6583 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6584 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6585 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6586 vec_addr_offset;
6587 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6588 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6589 }
6590 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6591 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6592 }
6593 }
6594
6595 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6596 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6597 inf->any_syscall_count,
6598 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6599 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6600 }
6601
6602 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6603 catchpoints. */
6604
6605 static int
6606 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6607 {
6608 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6609 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6610
6611 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6612 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6613 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6614 else
6615 {
6616 int i, iter;
6617
6618 for (i = 0;
6619 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6620 i++)
6621 {
6622 int elem;
6623 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6624 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6625 continue;
6626 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6627 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6628 }
6629 }
6630
6631 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6632 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6633 inf->any_syscall_count,
6634 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6635 VEC_address (int,
6636 inf->syscalls_counts));
6637 }
6638
6639 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6640 catchpoints. */
6641
6642 static int
6643 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6644 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6645 {
6646 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6647 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6648 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6649 int syscall_number = 0;
6650 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6651 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6652
6653 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6654 return 0;
6655
6656 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6657 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6658 {
6659 int i, iter;
6660
6661 for (i = 0;
6662 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6663 i++)
6664 if (syscall_number == iter)
6665 break;
6666 /* Not the same. */
6667 if (!iter)
6668 return 0;
6669 }
6670
6671 return 1;
6672 }
6673
6674 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6675 catchpoints. */
6676
6677 static enum print_stop_action
6678 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6679 {
6680 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6681 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6682 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6683 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6684 ptid_t ptid;
6685 struct target_waitstatus last;
6686 struct syscall s;
6687 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6688 char *syscall_id;
6689
6690 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6691
6692 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6693
6694 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6695
6696 if (s.name == NULL)
6697 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("%d", last.value.syscall_number);
6698 else
6699 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("'%s'", s.name);
6700
6701 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, syscall_id);
6702
6703 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6704 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6705 b->number, syscall_id);
6706 else if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6707 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6708 b->number, syscall_id);
6709
6710 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6711
6712 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6713 }
6714
6715 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6716 catchpoints. */
6717
6718 static void
6719 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6720 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6721 {
6722 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6723 struct value_print_options opts;
6724
6725 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6726 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6727 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6728 readable). */
6729 if (opts.addressprint)
6730 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6731 annotate_field (5);
6732
6733 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6734 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6735 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6736 else
6737 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6738
6739 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6740 {
6741 int i, iter;
6742 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6743
6744 for (i = 0;
6745 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6746 i++)
6747 {
6748 char *x = text;
6749 struct syscall s;
6750 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6751
6752 if (s.name != NULL)
6753 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6754 else
6755 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6756
6757 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6758 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6759 on every call. */
6760 xfree (x);
6761 }
6762 /* Remove the last comma. */
6763 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6764 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6765 }
6766 else
6767 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6768 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6769 }
6770
6771 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6772 catchpoints. */
6773
6774 static void
6775 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6776 {
6777 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6778
6779 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6780 {
6781 int i, iter;
6782
6783 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6784 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6785 else
6786 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6787
6788 for (i = 0;
6789 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6790 i++)
6791 {
6792 struct syscall s;
6793 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6794
6795 if (s.name)
6796 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6797 else
6798 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6799 }
6800 printf_filtered (")");
6801 }
6802 else
6803 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6804 b->number);
6805 }
6806
6807 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6808 catchpoints. */
6809
6810 static void
6811 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6812 {
6813 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6814
6815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6816
6817 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6818 {
6819 int i, iter;
6820
6821 for (i = 0;
6822 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6823 i++)
6824 {
6825 struct syscall s;
6826
6827 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6828 if (s.name)
6829 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6830 else
6831 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6832 }
6833 }
6834 }
6835
6836 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6837
6838 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops =
6839 {
6840 dtor_catch_syscall,
6841 NULL, /* allocate_location */
6842 NULL, /* re_set */
6843 insert_catch_syscall,
6844 remove_catch_syscall,
6845 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall,
6846 NULL, /* check_status */
6847 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6848 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6849 print_it_catch_syscall,
6850 print_one_catch_syscall,
6851 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6852 print_mention_catch_syscall,
6853 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6854 };
6855
6856 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6857
6858 static int
6859 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6860 {
6861 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6862 }
6863
6864 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6865 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6866 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6867 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6868
6869 static void
6870 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6871 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6872 char *cond_string,
6873 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6874 {
6875 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6876
6877 init_sal (&sal);
6878 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6879
6880 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
6881
6882 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6883 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6884 }
6885
6886 void
6887 install_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6888 {
6889 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6890 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6891 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6892 mention (b);
6893 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6894 update_global_location_list (1);
6895 }
6896
6897 static void
6898 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6899 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6900 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6901 {
6902 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
6903
6904 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6905
6906 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6907
6908 install_breakpoint (&c->base);
6909 }
6910
6911 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6912
6913 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6914 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6915 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6916 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6917 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6918
6919 struct exec_catchpoint
6920 {
6921 /* The base class. */
6922 struct breakpoint base;
6923
6924 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6925 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6926 triggered. */
6927 char *exec_pathname;
6928 };
6929
6930 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6931 catchpoints. */
6932
6933 static void
6934 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6935 {
6936 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6937
6938 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
6939 }
6940
6941 static int
6942 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6943 {
6944 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6945 }
6946
6947 static int
6948 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6949 {
6950 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6951 }
6952
6953 static int
6954 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6955 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6956 {
6957 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6958
6959 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &c->exec_pathname);
6960 }
6961
6962 static enum print_stop_action
6963 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6964 {
6965 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6966
6967 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6968 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
6969 c->exec_pathname);
6970 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6971 }
6972
6973 static void
6974 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6975 {
6976 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6977 struct value_print_options opts;
6978
6979 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6980
6981 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6982 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6983 is relatively readable). */
6984 if (opts.addressprint)
6985 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6986 annotate_field (5);
6987 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6988 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
6989 {
6990 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6991 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
6992 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6993 }
6994 }
6995
6996 static void
6997 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6998 {
6999 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
7000 }
7001
7002 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7003 catchpoints. */
7004
7005 static void
7006 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7007 {
7008 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
7009 }
7010
7011 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
7012 {
7013 dtor_catch_exec,
7014 NULL, /* allocate_location */
7015 NULL, /* re_set */
7016 insert_catch_exec,
7017 remove_catch_exec,
7018 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
7019 NULL, /* check_status */
7020 NULL, /* resources_needed */
7021 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
7022 print_it_catch_exec,
7023 print_one_catch_exec,
7024 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
7025 print_mention_catch_exec,
7026 print_recreate_catch_exec
7027 };
7028
7029 static void
7030 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
7031 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7032 {
7033 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
7034 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7035
7036 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
7037 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
7038 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
7039
7040 install_breakpoint (&c->base);
7041 }
7042
7043 static int
7044 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7045 {
7046 int i = 0;
7047 struct breakpoint *b;
7048 struct bp_location *bl;
7049
7050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7051 {
7052 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7053 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7054 {
7055 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7056 one register. */
7057 if (b->ops && b->ops->resources_needed)
7058 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7059 else
7060 i++;
7061 }
7062 }
7063
7064 return i;
7065 }
7066
7067 static int
7068 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
7069 {
7070 int i = 0;
7071 struct breakpoint *b;
7072 struct bp_location *bl;
7073
7074 *other_type_used = 0;
7075 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7076 {
7077 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7078 continue;
7079
7080 if (b->type == type)
7081 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7082 {
7083 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7084 one register. */
7085 if (b->ops && b->ops->resources_needed)
7086 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7087 else
7088 i++;
7089 }
7090 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7091 *other_type_used = 1;
7092 }
7093
7094 return i;
7095 }
7096
7097 void
7098 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7099 {
7100 struct breakpoint *b;
7101
7102 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7103 {
7104 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7105 {
7106 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7107 update_global_location_list (0);
7108 }
7109 }
7110 }
7111
7112 void
7113 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7114 {
7115 struct breakpoint *b;
7116
7117 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7118 {
7119 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7120 {
7121 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7122 update_global_location_list (1);
7123 }
7124 }
7125 }
7126
7127 void
7128 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7129 {
7130 struct breakpoint *b;
7131 int found = 0;
7132
7133 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7134 {
7135 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7136 continue;
7137
7138 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7139 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7140 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7141 {
7142 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7143 found = 1;
7144 }
7145 }
7146
7147 if (found)
7148 update_global_location_list (0);
7149
7150 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7151 }
7152
7153 void
7154 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7155 {
7156 struct breakpoint *b;
7157 int found = 0;
7158
7159 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7160
7161 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7162 {
7163 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7164 continue;
7165
7166 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7167 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7168 && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
7169 {
7170 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7171 found = 1;
7172 }
7173 }
7174
7175 if (found)
7176 breakpoint_re_set ();
7177 }
7178
7179
7180 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7181 at address specified by SAL.
7182 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7183
7184 struct breakpoint *
7185 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7186 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7187 {
7188 struct breakpoint *b;
7189
7190 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7191 one. */
7192 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7193
7194 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
7195 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7196 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7197 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7198
7199 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7200 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7201 control. */
7202 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7203 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7204
7205 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7206
7207 return b;
7208 }
7209
7210 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7211 ORIG is NULL. */
7212
7213 struct breakpoint *
7214 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7215 {
7216 struct breakpoint *copy;
7217
7218 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7219 if (orig == NULL)
7220 return NULL;
7221
7222 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, orig->type);
7223 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7224 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7225
7226 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7227 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7228 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7229 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7230 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7231
7232 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
7233 copy->source_file = NULL;
7234 else
7235 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
7236
7237 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
7238 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7239 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7240 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7241
7242 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7243 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7244 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7245
7246 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7247 return copy;
7248 }
7249
7250 struct breakpoint *
7251 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7252 enum bptype type)
7253 {
7254 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7255
7256 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7257 sal.pc = pc;
7258 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7259 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7260
7261 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7262 }
7263 \f
7264
7265 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7266
7267 static void
7268 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7269 {
7270 int say_where = 0;
7271 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
7272 struct value_print_options opts;
7273
7274 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7275
7276 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
7277 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7278 else
7279 switch (b->type)
7280 {
7281 case bp_none:
7282 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
7283 b->number);
7284 break;
7285 case bp_watchpoint:
7286 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
7287 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
7288 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7289 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7290 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7291 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7292 break;
7293 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7294 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
7295 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
7296 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7297 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7298 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7299 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7300 break;
7301 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7302 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
7303 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
7304 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7305 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7306 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7307 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7308 break;
7309 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7310 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
7311 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
7312 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7313 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7314 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7315 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7316 break;
7317 case bp_breakpoint:
7318 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7319 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7320 {
7321 say_where = 0;
7322 break;
7323 }
7324 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7325 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7326 else
7327 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7328 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7329 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
7330 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
7331 say_where = 1;
7332 break;
7333 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7334 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7335 {
7336 say_where = 0;
7337 break;
7338 }
7339 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
7340 say_where = 1;
7341 break;
7342 case bp_tracepoint:
7343 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7344 {
7345 say_where = 0;
7346 break;
7347 }
7348 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7349 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7350 say_where = 1;
7351 break;
7352 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7353 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7354 {
7355 say_where = 0;
7356 break;
7357 }
7358 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7359 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7360 say_where = 1;
7361 break;
7362 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7363 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7364 {
7365 say_where = 0;
7366 break;
7367 }
7368 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7369 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7370 say_where = 1;
7371 break;
7372
7373 case bp_until:
7374 case bp_finish:
7375 case bp_longjmp:
7376 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7377 case bp_exception:
7378 case bp_exception_resume:
7379 case bp_step_resume:
7380 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7381 case bp_call_dummy:
7382 case bp_std_terminate:
7383 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7384 case bp_shlib_event:
7385 case bp_thread_event:
7386 case bp_overlay_event:
7387 case bp_jit_event:
7388 case bp_longjmp_master:
7389 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7390 case bp_exception_master:
7391 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7392 break;
7393 }
7394
7395 if (say_where)
7396 {
7397 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7398 single string. */
7399 if (b->loc == NULL)
7400 {
7401 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
7402 }
7403 else
7404 {
7405 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
7406 {
7407 printf_filtered (" at ");
7408 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
7409 gdb_stdout);
7410 }
7411 if (b->source_file)
7412 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7413 b->source_file, b->line_number);
7414
7415 if (b->loc->next)
7416 {
7417 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
7418 int n = 0;
7419 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7420 ++n;
7421 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
7422 }
7423
7424 }
7425 }
7426 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7427 return;
7428 printf_filtered ("\n");
7429 }
7430 \f
7431
7432 static struct bp_location *
7433 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7434 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7435 {
7436 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7437
7438 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7439 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7440 ;
7441 *tmp = loc;
7442 loc->gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7443 if (!loc->gdbarch)
7444 loc->gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7445 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7446 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7447 loc->requested_address, b->type);
7448 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7449 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7450 loc->section = sal->section;
7451
7452 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7453 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7454 return loc;
7455 }
7456 \f
7457
7458 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7459 return 0 otherwise. */
7460
7461 static int
7462 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7463 {
7464 int len;
7465 CORE_ADDR addr;
7466 const gdb_byte *brk;
7467 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7468 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7469 int retval = 0;
7470
7471 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7472
7473 addr = loc->address;
7474 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7475
7476 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7477 if (brk == NULL)
7478 return 0;
7479
7480 target_mem = alloca (len);
7481
7482 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7483 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7484 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7485 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7486
7487 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7488 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7489
7490 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7491 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
7492 retval = 1;
7493
7494 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7495
7496 return retval;
7497 }
7498
7499
7500
7501 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7502 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7503 as condition expression. */
7504
7505 static void
7506 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7507 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7508 char *cond_string,
7509 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7510 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7511 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7512 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7513 {
7514 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
7515 int i;
7516
7517 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7518 {
7519 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7520 int target_resources_ok =
7521 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7522 i + 1, 0);
7523 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7524 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7525 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7526 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7527 }
7528
7529 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7530
7531 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7532 {
7533 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7534 struct bp_location *loc;
7535
7536 if (from_tty)
7537 {
7538 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7539 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7540 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7541
7542 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7543 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7544 }
7545
7546 if (i == 0)
7547 {
7548 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
7549 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7550 b->thread = thread;
7551 b->task = task;
7552
7553 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7554 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7555 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7556 b->disposition = disposition;
7557 b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace;
7558
7559 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7560 {
7561 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7562
7563 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string))
7564 {
7565 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7566 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7567 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7568 char *endp;
7569 char *marker_str;
7570 int i;
7571
7572 p = skip_spaces (p);
7573
7574 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7575
7576 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7577 b->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7578
7579 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7580 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7581 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7582 }
7583 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7584 {
7585 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7586 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7587
7588 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7589 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7590 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7591 }
7592 else
7593 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7594 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7595 }
7596
7597 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7598 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7599 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7600 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7601
7602 loc = b->loc;
7603 }
7604 else
7605 {
7606 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7607 }
7608
7609 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7610 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7611
7612 if (b->cond_string)
7613 {
7614 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7615 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7616 if (*arg)
7617 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7618 }
7619 }
7620
7621 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7622 if (addr_string)
7623 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7624 else
7625 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7626 me. */
7627 b->addr_string
7628 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7629
7630 b->ops = ops;
7631 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7632 notify observers. */
7633 if (!internal)
7634 mention (b);
7635 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7636 }
7637
7638 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7639 elements to fill the void space. */
7640 static void
7641 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
7642 {
7643 int i = index_to_remove+1;
7644 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
7645
7646 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
7647 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
7648
7649 --(sal->nelts);
7650 }
7651
7652 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7653 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7654 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7655 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7656 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7657 single expanded sal, return the original.
7658
7659 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7660 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7661 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7662 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7663 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7664
7665 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7666 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7667 {
7668 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7669 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
7670 char *original_function = NULL;
7671 int found;
7672 int i;
7673 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7674
7675 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7676 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7677 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
7678 {
7679 expanded.nelts = 1;
7680 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7681 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7682 return expanded;
7683 }
7684
7685 sal.pc = 0;
7686
7687 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7688
7689 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
7690
7691 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
7692
7693 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7694 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
7695
7696 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
7697 {
7698 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7699 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7700 xfree (expanded.sals);
7701 expanded.nelts = 1;
7702 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7703 sal.pc = original_pc;
7704 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7705 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]);
7706 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7707 return expanded;
7708 }
7709
7710 if (!sal.explicit_line)
7711 {
7712 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
7713 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7714 {
7715 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
7716 char *this_function;
7717
7718 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7719 read memory. */
7720 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace);
7721
7722 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
7723 &func_addr, &func_end))
7724 {
7725 if (this_function
7726 && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
7727 {
7728 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
7729 --i;
7730 }
7731 }
7732 }
7733 }
7734
7735 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7736 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7737 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]);
7738
7739 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7740
7741 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
7742 {
7743 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7744 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7745 original sal. */
7746
7747 xfree (expanded.sals);
7748 expanded.nelts = 1;
7749 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7750 sal.pc = original_pc;
7751 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7752 return expanded;
7753 }
7754
7755 if (original_pc)
7756 {
7757 found = 0;
7758 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7759 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
7760 {
7761 found = 1;
7762 break;
7763 }
7764 gdb_assert (found);
7765 }
7766
7767 return expanded;
7768 }
7769
7770 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7771 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7772 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7773 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7774 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7775 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7776 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7777 we take just a single condition string.
7778
7779 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7780 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7781 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7782 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7783 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7784
7785 static void
7786 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7787 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
7788 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7789 char *cond_string,
7790 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7791 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7792 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7793 int enabled, int internal)
7794 {
7795 int i;
7796
7797 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7798 {
7799 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
7800 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
7801
7802 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical->canonical[i],
7803 cond_string, type, disposition,
7804 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7805 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7806 canonical->special_display);
7807 }
7808 }
7809
7810 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7811 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7812 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7813 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7814
7815 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7816 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7817
7818 static void
7819 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7820 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
7821 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7822 {
7823 char *addr_start = *address;
7824
7825 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7826 breakpoint. */
7827 if ((*address) == NULL
7828 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7829 {
7830 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
7831 {
7832 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7833
7834 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7835 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7836 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7837 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
7838 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
7839 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
7840 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
7841 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7842
7843 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7844 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7845 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7846 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7847 with the same symtab and line. */
7848 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7849
7850 sals->sals[0] = sal;
7851 sals->nelts = 1;
7852 }
7853 else
7854 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7855 }
7856 else
7857 {
7858 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7859 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7860 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7861 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7862
7863 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7864 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7865
7866 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7867
7868 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7869 && (!cursal.symtab
7870 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
7871 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
7872 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
7873 default_breakpoint_line, canonical);
7874 else
7875 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7876 canonical);
7877 }
7878 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7879 if (sals->nelts > 0 && canonical->canonical == NULL)
7880 canonical->canonical = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char *));
7881 if (addr_start != (*address))
7882 {
7883 int i;
7884
7885 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7886 {
7887 /* Add the string if not present. */
7888 if (canonical->canonical[i] == NULL)
7889 canonical->canonical[i] = savestring (addr_start,
7890 (*address) - addr_start);
7891 }
7892 }
7893 }
7894
7895
7896 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7897 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7898
7899 static void
7900 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7901 {
7902 int i;
7903
7904 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7905 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7906 }
7907
7908 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7909 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7910 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7911 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7912 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7913 it, etc. */
7914
7915 static void
7916 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7917 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7918 {
7919 int i, rslt;
7920 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7921 char *msg;
7922 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7923
7924 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7925 {
7926 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7927
7928 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc,
7929 NULL, &msg);
7930 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7931
7932 if (!rslt)
7933 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7934 paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7935
7936 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7937 }
7938 }
7939
7940 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7941 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7942 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7943 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7944 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7945 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7946 static void
7947 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7948 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7949 {
7950 *cond_string = NULL;
7951 *thread = -1;
7952 while (tok && *tok)
7953 {
7954 char *end_tok;
7955 int toklen;
7956 char *cond_start = NULL;
7957 char *cond_end = NULL;
7958
7959 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7960
7961 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7962
7963 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7964
7965 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7966 {
7967 struct expression *expr;
7968
7969 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7970 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7971 xfree (expr);
7972 cond_end = tok;
7973 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7974 cond_end - cond_start);
7975 }
7976 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7977 {
7978 char *tmptok;
7979
7980 tok = end_tok + 1;
7981 tmptok = tok;
7982 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7983 if (tok == tmptok)
7984 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7985 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7986 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7987 }
7988 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7989 {
7990 char *tmptok;
7991
7992 tok = end_tok + 1;
7993 tmptok = tok;
7994 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7995 if (tok == tmptok)
7996 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7997 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7998 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7999 }
8000 else
8001 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8002 }
8003 }
8004
8005 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8006
8007 static struct symtabs_and_lines
8008 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
8009 {
8010 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
8011 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8012 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8013 struct symbol *sym;
8014 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8015 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
8016 char *endp;
8017 char *marker_str;
8018 int i;
8019
8020 p = skip_spaces (p);
8021
8022 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8023
8024 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8025 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
8026
8027 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
8028 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
8029 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
8030
8031 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
8032 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
8033
8034 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8035 {
8036 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
8037
8038 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
8039
8040 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
8041
8042 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
8043 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
8044
8045 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
8046 }
8047
8048 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8049
8050 *arg_p = endp;
8051 return sals;
8052 }
8053
8054 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8055 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8056 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
8057 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
8058 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
8059 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
8060 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
8061 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
8062 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
8063 false otherwise. */
8064
8065 int
8066 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8067 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
8068 int parse_condition_and_thread,
8069 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
8070 int ignore_count,
8071 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
8072 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8073 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
8074 {
8075 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
8076 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8077 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
8078 char *copy_arg;
8079 char *addr_start = arg;
8080 struct linespec_result canonical;
8081 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8082 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
8083 int i;
8084 int pending = 0;
8085 int task = 0;
8086 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
8087
8088 sals.sals = NULL;
8089 sals.nelts = 0;
8090 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
8091
8092 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg))
8093 {
8094 int i;
8095
8096 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
8097
8098 copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start);
8099 canonical.canonical = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char *));
8100 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8101 canonical.canonical[i] = xstrdup (copy_arg);
8102 goto done;
8103 }
8104
8105 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
8106 {
8107 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals, &canonical);
8108 }
8109
8110 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8111 switch (e.reason)
8112 {
8113 case RETURN_QUIT:
8114 throw_exception (e);
8115 case RETURN_ERROR:
8116 switch (e.error)
8117 {
8118 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
8119
8120 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8121 error. */
8122
8123 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
8124 throw_exception (e);
8125
8126 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
8127
8128 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8129 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8130 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8131 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
8132 "future shared library load? ")))
8133 return 0;
8134
8135 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8136 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8137 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8138 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8139 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
8140 canonical.canonical = &copy_arg;
8141 sals.nelts = 1;
8142 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
8143 pending_sal.pc = 0;
8144 pending = 1;
8145 break;
8146 default:
8147 throw_exception (e);
8148 }
8149 break;
8150 default:
8151 if (!sals.nelts)
8152 return 0;
8153 }
8154
8155 done:
8156
8157 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8158 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8159
8160 if (!pending)
8161 {
8162 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
8163 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
8164
8165 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
8166 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical);
8167 }
8168
8169 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8170 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8171 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8172 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8173 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8174
8175 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
8176 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
8177 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8178 {
8179 if (canonical.canonical[i] != NULL)
8180 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical[i]);
8181 }
8182
8183 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8184 are ok for the target. */
8185 if (!pending)
8186 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals);
8187
8188 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8189 if (type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
8190 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals);
8191
8192 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8193 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8194 breakpoint. */
8195 if (!pending)
8196 {
8197 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
8198 {
8199 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8200 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8201 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8202 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8203 cond_string = NULL;
8204 thread = -1;
8205 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
8206 &thread, &task);
8207 if (cond_string)
8208 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8209 }
8210 else
8211 {
8212 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8213 if (cond_string)
8214 {
8215 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
8216 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8217 }
8218 }
8219
8220 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
8221 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
8222 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
8223 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
8224 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
8225 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
8226 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint
8227 && is_marker_spec (canonical.canonical[0]))
8228 {
8229 int i;
8230
8231 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8232 {
8233 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
8234 struct breakpoint *tp;
8235 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8236
8237 expanded.nelts = 1;
8238 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
8239 expanded.sals[0] = sals.sals[i];
8240 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, expanded.sals);
8241
8242 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical.canonical[i],
8243 cond_string, type_wanted,
8244 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8245 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8246 from_tty, enabled, internal,
8247 canonical.special_display);
8248
8249 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8250
8251 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
8252 if (internal)
8253 tp = get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number);
8254 else
8255 tp = get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count);
8256 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
8257
8258 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
8259 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
8260 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
8261 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
8262 try to match up which of the newly found markers
8263 corresponds to this one */
8264 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
8265 }
8266 }
8267 else
8268 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, &canonical, cond_string,
8269 type_wanted,
8270 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8271 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
8272 enabled, internal);
8273 }
8274 else
8275 {
8276 struct breakpoint *b;
8277
8278 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
8279
8280 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, type_wanted);
8281 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8282 b->thread = -1;
8283 b->addr_string = canonical.canonical[0];
8284 b->cond_string = NULL;
8285 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8286 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8287 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
8288 b->ops = ops;
8289 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8290 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8291 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
8292
8293 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
8294 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
8295 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
8296 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
8297
8298 if (!internal)
8299 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8300 but do notify observers. */
8301 mention (b);
8302 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8303 }
8304
8305 if (sals.nelts > 1)
8306 {
8307 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8308 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8309 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8310 }
8311
8312 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8313 breakpoint. */
8314 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8315 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8316 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8317
8318 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8319 update_global_location_list (1);
8320
8321 return 1;
8322 }
8323
8324 /* Set a breakpoint.
8325 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8326 condition, and thread.
8327 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8328 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8329 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
8330
8331 static void
8332 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8333 {
8334 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8335 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8336 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8337 : bp_breakpoint);
8338
8339 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8340 arg,
8341 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8342 tempflag, type_wanted,
8343 0 /* Ignore count */,
8344 pending_break_support,
8345 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
8346 from_tty,
8347 1 /* enabled */,
8348 0 /* internal */);
8349 }
8350
8351
8352 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8353
8354 void
8355 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8356 {
8357 CORE_ADDR pc;
8358
8359 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8360 {
8361 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8362 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8363 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8364 sal->pc = pc;
8365
8366 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8367 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8368 if (sal->explicit_line)
8369 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8370 }
8371
8372 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8373 {
8374 struct blockvector *bv;
8375 struct block *b;
8376 struct symbol *sym;
8377
8378 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8379 if (bv != NULL)
8380 {
8381 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8382 if (sym != NULL)
8383 {
8384 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8385 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8386 }
8387 else
8388 {
8389 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8390 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8391 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8392 happen in assembly source). */
8393
8394 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8395 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8396
8397 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8398
8399 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8400 if (msym)
8401 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8402
8403 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8404 }
8405 }
8406 }
8407 }
8408
8409 void
8410 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8411 {
8412 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8413 }
8414
8415 void
8416 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8417 {
8418 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8419 }
8420
8421 static void
8422 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8423 {
8424 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8425 }
8426
8427 static void
8428 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8429 {
8430 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8431 }
8432
8433 static void
8434 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8435 {
8436 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8437 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8438 stop at <line>\n"));
8439 }
8440
8441 static void
8442 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8443 {
8444 int badInput = 0;
8445
8446 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8447 badInput = 1;
8448 else if (*arg != '*')
8449 {
8450 char *argptr = arg;
8451 int hasColon = 0;
8452
8453 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8454 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8455 function/method name. */
8456 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8457 {
8458 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8459 argptr++;
8460 }
8461
8462 if (hasColon)
8463 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8464 else
8465 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8466 }
8467
8468 if (badInput)
8469 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8470 else
8471 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8472 }
8473
8474 static void
8475 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8476 {
8477 int badInput = 0;
8478
8479 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8480 badInput = 1;
8481 else
8482 {
8483 char *argptr = arg;
8484 int hasColon = 0;
8485
8486 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8487 it is probably a line number. */
8488 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8489 {
8490 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8491 argptr++;
8492 }
8493
8494 if (hasColon)
8495 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8496 else
8497 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8498 }
8499
8500 if (badInput)
8501 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8502 else
8503 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8504 }
8505
8506 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8507 ranged breakpoints. */
8508
8509 static int
8510 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8511 struct address_space *aspace,
8512 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8513 {
8514 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8515 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8516 }
8517
8518 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8519 ranged breakpoints. */
8520
8521 static int
8522 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8523 {
8524 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8525 }
8526
8527 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8528 ranged breakpoints. */
8529
8530 static enum print_stop_action
8531 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8532 {
8533 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8534
8535 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8536
8537 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8538 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8539
8540 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8541 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8542 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8543 else
8544 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8545 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8546 {
8547 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8548 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8549 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8550 }
8551 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8552 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8553
8554 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8555 }
8556
8557 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8558 ranged breakpoints. */
8559
8560 static void
8561 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8562 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8563 {
8564 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8565 struct value_print_options opts;
8566
8567 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8568 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8569
8570 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8571
8572 if (opts.addressprint)
8573 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8574 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8575 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8576 annotate_field (5);
8577 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8578 *last_loc = bl;
8579 }
8580
8581 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8582 ranged breakpoints. */
8583
8584 static void
8585 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8586 struct ui_out *uiout)
8587 {
8588 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8589 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8590 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8591 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8592
8593 gdb_assert (bl);
8594
8595 address_start = bl->address;
8596 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8597
8598 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8599 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8600 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8601 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8602 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8603 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8604
8605 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8606 }
8607
8608 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8609 ranged breakpoints. */
8610
8611 static void
8612 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8613 {
8614 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8615
8616 gdb_assert (bl);
8617 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8618
8619 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8620 return;
8621
8622 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8623 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8624 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8625 }
8626
8627 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8628 ranged breakpoints. */
8629
8630 static void
8631 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8632 {
8633 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8634 b->addr_string_range_end);
8635 }
8636
8637 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8638
8639 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops =
8640 {
8641 NULL, /* dtor */
8642 NULL, /* allocate_location */
8643 NULL, /* re_set */
8644 NULL, /* insert */
8645 NULL, /* remove */
8646 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint,
8647 NULL, /* check_status */
8648 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint,
8649 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
8650 print_it_ranged_breakpoint,
8651 print_one_ranged_breakpoint,
8652 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint,
8653 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint,
8654 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
8655 };
8656
8657 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8658 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8659 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8660 last instruction of the given line. */
8661
8662 static CORE_ADDR
8663 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8664 {
8665 CORE_ADDR end;
8666
8667 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8668 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8669 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8670 end = sal.pc;
8671 else
8672 {
8673 int ret;
8674 CORE_ADDR start;
8675
8676 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8677 if (!ret)
8678 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8679
8680 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8681 end--;
8682 }
8683
8684 return end;
8685 }
8686
8687 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8688
8689 static void
8690 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8691 {
8692 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8693 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8694 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8695 CORE_ADDR end;
8696 struct breakpoint *b;
8697 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8698 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start, sals_end;
8699 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8700
8701 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8702 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8703 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8704
8705 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8706 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8707 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8708 bp_count, 0);
8709 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8710 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8711
8712 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8713 error(_("No address range specified."));
8714
8715 sals_start.sals = NULL;
8716 sals_start.nelts = 0;
8717 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8718
8719 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8720 arg++;
8721
8722 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals_start, &canonical_start);
8723
8724 sal_start = sals_start.sals[0];
8725 addr_string_start = canonical_start.canonical[0];
8726 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8727 xfree (sals_start.sals);
8728 xfree (canonical_start.canonical);
8729
8730 if (arg[0] != ',')
8731 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8732 else if (sals_start.nelts == 0)
8733 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8734 else if (sals_start.nelts != 1)
8735 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8736
8737 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start);
8738
8739 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8740 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8741 arg++;
8742
8743 /* Parse the end location. */
8744
8745 sals_end.sals = NULL;
8746 sals_end.nelts = 0;
8747 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8748 arg_start = arg;
8749
8750 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8751 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8752 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8753 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8754 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8755 sals_end = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8756 &canonical_end);
8757
8758 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8759 if (canonical_end.canonical == NULL)
8760 canonical_end.canonical = xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8761 /* Add the string if not present. */
8762 if (arg_start != arg && canonical_end.canonical[0] == NULL)
8763 canonical_end.canonical[0] = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8764
8765 sal_end = sals_end.sals[0];
8766 addr_string_end = canonical_end.canonical[0];
8767 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8768 xfree (sals_end.sals);
8769 xfree (canonical_end.canonical);
8770
8771 if (sals_end.nelts == 0)
8772 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8773 else if (sals_end.nelts != 1)
8774 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8775
8776 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end);
8777
8778 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8779 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8780 error (_("Invalid address range, end preceeds start."));
8781
8782 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8783 if (length < 0)
8784 /* Length overflowed. */
8785 error (_("Address range too large."));
8786 else if (length == 1)
8787 {
8788 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8789 the `hbreak' command. */
8790 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8791
8792 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8793
8794 return;
8795 }
8796
8797 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8798 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8799 bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8800 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8801 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8802 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8803 b->addr_string = addr_string_start;
8804 b->addr_string_range_end = addr_string_end;
8805 b->ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8806 b->loc->length = length;
8807
8808 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8809
8810 mention (b);
8811 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8812 update_global_location_list (1);
8813 }
8814
8815 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8816 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8817 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8818 zero. */
8819 static int
8820 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8821 {
8822 int i = exp->nelts;
8823
8824 while (i > 0)
8825 {
8826 int oplenp, argsp;
8827
8828 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8829 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8830 i -= oplenp;
8831
8832 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8833 {
8834 case BINOP_ADD:
8835 case BINOP_SUB:
8836 case BINOP_MUL:
8837 case BINOP_DIV:
8838 case BINOP_REM:
8839 case BINOP_MOD:
8840 case BINOP_LSH:
8841 case BINOP_RSH:
8842 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8843 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8844 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8845 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8846 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8847 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8848 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8849 case BINOP_LESS:
8850 case BINOP_GTR:
8851 case BINOP_LEQ:
8852 case BINOP_GEQ:
8853 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8854 case BINOP_COMMA:
8855 case BINOP_EXP:
8856 case BINOP_MIN:
8857 case BINOP_MAX:
8858 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8859 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8860 case BINOP_IN:
8861 case BINOP_RANGE:
8862 case TERNOP_COND:
8863 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8864 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8865
8866 case OP_LONG:
8867 case OP_DOUBLE:
8868 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8869 case OP_LAST:
8870 case OP_COMPLEX:
8871 case OP_STRING:
8872 case OP_BITSTRING:
8873 case OP_ARRAY:
8874 case OP_TYPE:
8875 case OP_NAME:
8876 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8877
8878 case UNOP_NEG:
8879 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8880 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8881 case UNOP_ADDR:
8882 case UNOP_HIGH:
8883 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8884 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8885 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8886 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8887
8888 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8889 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8890 ADDR is. */
8891 break;
8892
8893 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8894 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8895
8896 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8897 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8898 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8899 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8900
8901 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8902 are always constant. */
8903 {
8904 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8905
8906 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8907 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8908 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8909 return 0;
8910 break;
8911 }
8912
8913 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8914 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8915 then it is not a constant. */
8916 default:
8917 return 0;
8918 }
8919 }
8920
8921 return 1;
8922 }
8923
8924 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8925
8926 static int
8927 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8928 {
8929 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8930
8931 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8932 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8933 }
8934
8935 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8936
8937 static int
8938 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8939 {
8940 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8941
8942 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8943 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8944 }
8945
8946 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8947 hardware watchpoints. */
8948
8949 static int
8950 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8951 {
8952 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8953
8954 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8955 }
8956
8957 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8958 hardware watchpoints. */
8959
8960 int
8961 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8962 {
8963 return b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8964 }
8965
8966 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8967
8968 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops =
8969 {
8970 NULL, /* dtor */
8971 NULL, /* allocate_location */
8972 NULL, /* re_set */
8973 insert_watchpoint,
8974 remove_watchpoint,
8975 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
8976 NULL, /* check_status */
8977 resources_needed_watchpoint,
8978 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint,
8979 NULL, /* print_it */
8980 NULL, /* print_one */
8981 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
8982 NULL, /* print_mention */
8983 NULL /* print_recreate */
8984 };
8985
8986 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8987 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8988
8989 static int
8990 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8991 {
8992 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, bl->owner->hw_wp_mask,
8993 bl->watchpoint_type);
8994 }
8995
8996 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8997 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8998
8999 static int
9000 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9001 {
9002 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, bl->owner->hw_wp_mask,
9003 bl->watchpoint_type);
9004 }
9005
9006 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9007 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9008
9009 static int
9010 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9011 {
9012 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address,
9013 bl->owner->hw_wp_mask);
9014 }
9015
9016 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9017 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9018
9019 static int
9020 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9021 {
9022 return 0;
9023 }
9024
9025 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9026 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9027
9028 static enum print_stop_action
9029 print_it_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9030 {
9031 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9032 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9033
9034 switch (b->type)
9035 {
9036 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9037 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9038 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9039 ui_out_field_string
9040 (uiout, "reason",
9041 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9042 break;
9043
9044 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9045 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9046 ui_out_field_string
9047 (uiout, "reason",
9048 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9049 break;
9050
9051 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9052 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9053 ui_out_field_string
9054 (uiout, "reason",
9055 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9056 break;
9057 default:
9058 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9059 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9060 }
9061
9062 mention (b);
9063 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
9064 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9065 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9066 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9067
9068 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9069 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9070 }
9071
9072 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9073 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9074
9075 static void
9076 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9077 struct ui_out *uiout)
9078 {
9079 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9080 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9081
9082 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
9083 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, b->hw_wp_mask);
9084 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9085 }
9086
9087 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9088 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9089
9090 static void
9091 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9092 {
9093 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9094
9095 switch (b->type)
9096 {
9097 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9098 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9099 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9100 break;
9101 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9102 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9103 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9104 break;
9105 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9106 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9107 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9108 break;
9109 default:
9110 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9111 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9112 }
9113
9114 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9115 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9116 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
9117 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9118 }
9119
9120 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9121 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9122
9123 static void
9124 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9125 {
9126 char tmp[40];
9127
9128 switch (b->type)
9129 {
9130 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9131 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9132 break;
9133 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9134 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9135 break;
9136 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9137 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9138 break;
9139 default:
9140 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9141 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9142 }
9143
9144 sprintf_vma (tmp, b->hw_wp_mask);
9145 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", b->exp_string, tmp);
9146 }
9147
9148 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9149
9150 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops =
9151 {
9152 NULL, /* dtor */
9153 NULL, /* allocate_location */
9154 NULL, /* re_set */
9155 insert_masked_watchpoint,
9156 remove_masked_watchpoint,
9157 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
9158 NULL, /* check_status */
9159 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint,
9160 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint,
9161 print_it_masked_watchpoint,
9162 NULL, /* print_one */
9163 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint,
9164 print_mention_masked_watchpoint,
9165 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
9166 };
9167
9168 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9169
9170 static int
9171 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9172 {
9173 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9174 }
9175
9176 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9177 hw_read: watch read,
9178 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9179 static void
9180 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9181 int just_location, int internal)
9182 {
9183 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9184 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9185 struct expression *exp;
9186 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9187 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9188 struct frame_info *frame;
9189 char *exp_start = NULL;
9190 char *exp_end = NULL;
9191 char *tok, *end_tok;
9192 int toklen = -1;
9193 char *cond_start = NULL;
9194 char *cond_end = NULL;
9195 enum bptype bp_type;
9196 int thread = -1;
9197 int pc = 0;
9198 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9199 the hardware watchpoint. */
9200 int use_mask = 0;
9201 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9202
9203 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9204 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9205 {
9206 char *value_start;
9207
9208 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9209 of the arguments string. */
9210 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9211 {
9212 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9213 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9214 tok--;
9215
9216 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9217 This is the value of the parameter. */
9218 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9219 tok--;
9220 value_start = tok + 1;
9221
9222 /* Skip whitespace. */
9223 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9224 tok--;
9225
9226 end_tok = tok;
9227
9228 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9229 This is the parameter itself. */
9230 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9231 tok--;
9232 tok++;
9233 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9234
9235 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9236 {
9237 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9238 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9239 only in a specific thread. */
9240 char *endp;
9241
9242 if (thread != -1)
9243 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9244
9245 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9246 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9247
9248 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9249 thread ID. */
9250 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9251 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9252
9253 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9254 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9255 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9256 }
9257 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9258 {
9259 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9260 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9261 facility. */
9262 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9263
9264 if (use_mask)
9265 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9266
9267 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9268
9269 mark = value_mark ();
9270 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9271 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9272 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9273 }
9274 else
9275 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9276 break;
9277
9278 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9279 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9280 *tok = '\0';
9281 }
9282 }
9283
9284 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9285 innermost_block = NULL;
9286 exp_start = arg;
9287 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9288 exp_end = arg;
9289 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9290 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9291 prettier. */
9292 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9293 --exp_end;
9294
9295 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9296 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9297 {
9298 int len;
9299
9300 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9301 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9302 len--;
9303 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9304 }
9305
9306 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9307 mark = value_mark ();
9308 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9309
9310 if (just_location)
9311 {
9312 int ret;
9313
9314 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9315 val = value_addr (result);
9316 release_value (val);
9317 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9318
9319 if (use_mask)
9320 {
9321 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9322 mask);
9323 if (ret == -1)
9324 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9325 else if (ret == -2)
9326 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9327 }
9328 }
9329 else if (val != NULL)
9330 release_value (val);
9331
9332 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9333 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9334
9335 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9336 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9337 {
9338 struct expression *cond;
9339
9340 innermost_block = NULL;
9341 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9342 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9343
9344 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9345 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9346 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9347
9348 xfree (cond);
9349 cond_end = tok;
9350 }
9351 if (*tok)
9352 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9353
9354 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9355 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9356 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9357 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9358 else
9359 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9360
9361 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9362
9363 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9364 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9365 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9366 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9367 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9368 {
9369 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9370 {
9371 scope_breakpoint
9372 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9373 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9374 bp_watchpoint_scope);
9375
9376 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9377
9378 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9379 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9380
9381 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9382 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9383
9384 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9385 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9386 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9387 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9388 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9389 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9390 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9391 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9392 scope_breakpoint->type);
9393 }
9394 }
9395
9396 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9397 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL, bp_type);
9398 b->thread = thread;
9399 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9400 b->exp = exp;
9401 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9402 b->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9403 if (just_location)
9404 {
9405 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9406 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9407 char *name;
9408
9409 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9410 name = type_to_string (t);
9411
9412 b->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9413 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9414 xfree (name);
9415
9416 b->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9417 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9418
9419 /* The above expression is in C. */
9420 b->language = language_c;
9421 }
9422 else
9423 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9424
9425 if (use_mask)
9426 {
9427 b->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9428 b->ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9429 }
9430 else
9431 {
9432 b->val = val;
9433 b->val_valid = 1;
9434 b->ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9435 }
9436
9437 if (cond_start)
9438 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9439 else
9440 b->cond_string = 0;
9441
9442 if (frame)
9443 {
9444 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9445 b->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9446 }
9447 else
9448 {
9449 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9450 b->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9451 }
9452
9453 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9454 {
9455 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9456 need to act on them together. */
9457 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9458 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9459 }
9460
9461 if (!just_location)
9462 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9463
9464 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9465 {
9466 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9467 that should be inserted. */
9468 update_watchpoint (b, 1);
9469 }
9470 if (e.reason < 0)
9471 {
9472 delete_breakpoint (b);
9473 throw_exception (e);
9474 }
9475
9476 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
9477
9478 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
9479 notify observers. */
9480 if (!internal)
9481 mention (b);
9482 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
9483
9484 update_global_location_list (1);
9485 }
9486
9487 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9488 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9489
9490 static int
9491 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9492 {
9493 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9494 struct value *head = v;
9495
9496 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9497 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9498 return 0;
9499
9500 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9501 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9502 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9503 hardware watchpoint.
9504
9505 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9506 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9507 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9508 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9509 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9510 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9511 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9512 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9513 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9514
9515 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9516 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9517 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9518 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9519 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9520 {
9521 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9522 {
9523 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9524 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9525 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9526 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9527 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9528 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9529 ;
9530 else
9531 {
9532 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9533 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9534 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9535
9536 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9537 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9538 middle of some value chain. */
9539 if (v == head
9540 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9541 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9542 {
9543 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9544 int len;
9545 int num_regs;
9546
9547 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9548 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9549 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9550
9551 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9552 if (!num_regs)
9553 return 0;
9554 else
9555 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9556 }
9557 }
9558 }
9559 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9560 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9561 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9562 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9563 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9564 }
9565
9566 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9567 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9568 return found_memory_cnt;
9569 }
9570
9571 void
9572 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9573 {
9574 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9575 }
9576
9577 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9578 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9579 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9580 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9581
9582 static int
9583 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9584 {
9585 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9586 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9587 {
9588 *str += arg_len;
9589 return 1;
9590 }
9591 return 0;
9592 }
9593
9594 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9595 calls watch_command_1. */
9596
9597 static void
9598 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9599 {
9600 int just_location = 0;
9601
9602 if (arg
9603 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9604 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9605 {
9606 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9607 just_location = 1;
9608 }
9609
9610 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9611 }
9612
9613 static void
9614 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9615 {
9616 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9617 }
9618
9619 void
9620 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9621 {
9622 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9623 }
9624
9625 static void
9626 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9627 {
9628 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9629 }
9630
9631 void
9632 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9633 {
9634 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9635 }
9636
9637 static void
9638 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9639 {
9640 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9641 }
9642 \f
9643
9644 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9645 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9646
9647 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9648 {
9649 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9650 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9651 int thread_num;
9652 };
9653
9654 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9655 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9656 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9657 command. */
9658 static void
9659 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9660 {
9661 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9662
9663 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9664 if (a->breakpoint2)
9665 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9666 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9667 }
9668
9669 void
9670 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9671 {
9672 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9673 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9674 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9675 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9676 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9677 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9678 int thread;
9679 struct thread_info *tp;
9680
9681 clear_proceed_status ();
9682
9683 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9684 this function. */
9685
9686 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
9687 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
9688 default_breakpoint_line, NULL);
9689 else
9690 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
9691
9692 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9693 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9694
9695 sal = sals.sals[0];
9696 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9697
9698 if (*arg)
9699 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9700
9701 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9702
9703 if (anywhere)
9704 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9705 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9706 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9707 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9708 else
9709 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9710 only at the very same frame. */
9711 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9712 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9713 bp_until);
9714
9715 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9716
9717 tp = inferior_thread ();
9718 thread = tp->num;
9719
9720 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9721 one. */
9722
9723 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9724 {
9725 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9726 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9727 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9728 sal,
9729 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9730 bp_until);
9731 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9732
9733 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9734 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9735 }
9736
9737 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9738
9739 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9740 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9741 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9742 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9743
9744 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9745 {
9746 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9747 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9748
9749 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9750 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9751 args->thread_num = thread;
9752
9753 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9754 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9755 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9756 xfree);
9757 }
9758 else
9759 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9760 }
9761
9762 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9763 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9764
9765 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9766 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9767 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9768 if clause in the arg string. */
9769
9770 static char *
9771 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9772 {
9773 char *cond_string;
9774
9775 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9776 return NULL;
9777
9778 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9779 (*arg) += 2;
9780
9781 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9782 condition string. */
9783 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9784 cond_string = *arg;
9785
9786 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9787 string. */
9788 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9789
9790 return cond_string;
9791 }
9792
9793 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9794 process start/exit, etc. */
9795
9796 typedef enum
9797 {
9798 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9799 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9800 }
9801 catch_fork_kind;
9802
9803 static void
9804 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9805 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9806 {
9807 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9808 char *cond_string = NULL;
9809 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9810 int tempflag;
9811
9812 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9813 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9814 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9815
9816 if (!arg)
9817 arg = "";
9818 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9819
9820 /* The allowed syntax is:
9821 catch [v]fork
9822 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9823
9824 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9825 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9826
9827 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9828 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9829
9830 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9831 and enable reporting of such events. */
9832 switch (fork_kind)
9833 {
9834 case catch_fork_temporary:
9835 case catch_fork_permanent:
9836 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9837 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9838 break;
9839 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9840 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9841 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9842 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9843 break;
9844 default:
9845 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9846 break;
9847 }
9848 }
9849
9850 static void
9851 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9852 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9853 {
9854 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
9855 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9856 int tempflag;
9857 char *cond_string = NULL;
9858
9859 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9860
9861 if (!arg)
9862 arg = "";
9863 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9864
9865 /* The allowed syntax is:
9866 catch exec
9867 catch exec if <cond>
9868
9869 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9870 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9871
9872 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9873 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9874
9875 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
9876 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9877 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9878 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
9879
9880 install_breakpoint (&c->base);
9881 }
9882
9883 static enum print_stop_action
9884 print_it_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9885 {
9886 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9887
9888 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9889
9890 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9891 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9892 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9893 b->loc->address,
9894 b->number, 1);
9895 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9896 ui_out_text (uiout,
9897 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9898 : "Catchpoint ");
9899 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9900 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9901 ui_out_text (uiout,
9902 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9903 : " (exception caught), ");
9904 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9905 {
9906 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9907 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9908 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9909 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9910 }
9911 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9912 }
9913
9914 static void
9915 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9916 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9917 {
9918 struct value_print_options opts;
9919
9920 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9921 if (opts.addressprint)
9922 {
9923 annotate_field (4);
9924 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9925 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9926 else
9927 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9928 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9929 }
9930 annotate_field (5);
9931 if (b->loc)
9932 *last_loc = b->loc;
9933 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9934 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9935 else
9936 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9937 }
9938
9939 static void
9940 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9941 {
9942 int bp_temp;
9943 int bp_throw;
9944
9945 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9946 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9947 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9948 : _("Catchpoint "));
9949 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9950 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9951 : _(" (catch)"));
9952 }
9953
9954 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9955 catch catchpoints. */
9956
9957 static void
9958 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9959 struct ui_file *fp)
9960 {
9961 int bp_temp;
9962 int bp_throw;
9963
9964 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9965 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9966 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9967 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9968 }
9969
9970 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
9971 NULL, /* dtor */
9972 NULL, /* allocate_location */
9973 NULL, /* re_set */
9974 NULL, /* insert */
9975 NULL, /* remove */
9976 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
9977 NULL, /* check_status */
9978 NULL, /* resources_needed */
9979 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
9980 print_it_exception_catchpoint,
9981 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
9982 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
9983 print_mention_exception_catchpoint,
9984 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9985 };
9986
9987 static int
9988 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9989 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9990 {
9991 char *trigger_func_name;
9992
9993 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9994 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9995 else
9996 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9997
9998 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9999 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
10000 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
10001 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
10002 0,
10003 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
10004 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
10005 1 /* enabled */,
10006 0 /* internal */);
10007
10008 return 1;
10009 }
10010
10011 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
10012
10013 static void
10014 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
10015 int tempflag, int from_tty)
10016 {
10017 char *cond_string = NULL;
10018
10019 if (!arg)
10020 arg = "";
10021 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10022
10023 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10024
10025 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10026 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10027
10028 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
10029 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10030 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
10031
10032 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
10033 return;
10034
10035 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
10036 }
10037
10038 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
10039
10040 static void
10041 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10042 {
10043 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10044
10045 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10046 }
10047
10048 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
10049
10050 static void
10051 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10052 {
10053 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10054
10055 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10056 }
10057
10058 void
10059 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10060 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10061 struct symtab_and_line sal,
10062 char *addr_string,
10063 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
10064 int tempflag,
10065 int from_tty)
10066 {
10067 if (from_tty)
10068 {
10069 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
10070 if (!loc_gdbarch)
10071 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
10072
10073 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
10074 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
10075 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10076 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10077 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10078 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10079 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10080 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10081 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10082 enough for now, though. */
10083 }
10084
10085 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
10086
10087 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10088 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10089 b->addr_string = addr_string;
10090 b->language = language_ada;
10091 }
10092
10093 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
10094 static void
10095 clean_up_filters (void *arg)
10096 {
10097 VEC(int) *iter = *(VEC(int) **) arg;
10098 VEC_free (int, iter);
10099 }
10100
10101 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10102 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10103 static VEC(int) *
10104 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
10105 {
10106 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
10107 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (clean_up_filters, &result);
10108
10109 while (*arg != '\0')
10110 {
10111 int i, syscall_number;
10112 char *endptr;
10113 char cur_name[128];
10114 struct syscall s;
10115
10116 /* Skip whitespace. */
10117 while (isspace (*arg))
10118 arg++;
10119
10120 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10121 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10122 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10123 arg += i;
10124
10125 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10126 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10127 if (*endptr == '\0')
10128 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10129 else
10130 {
10131 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10132 to a number. */
10133 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10134
10135 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10136 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10137 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10138 syscall number to be caught. */
10139 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10140 }
10141
10142 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10143 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10144 }
10145
10146 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10147 return result;
10148 }
10149
10150 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10151
10152 static void
10153 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10154 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10155 {
10156 int tempflag;
10157 VEC(int) *filter;
10158 struct syscall s;
10159 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10160
10161 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10162 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10163 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10164 this architecture yet."));
10165
10166 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10167
10168 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10169
10170 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10171 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10172 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10173 for his/her architecture. */
10174 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10175
10176 /* The allowed syntax is:
10177 catch syscall
10178 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10179
10180 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10181
10182 if (arg != NULL)
10183 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10184 else
10185 filter = NULL;
10186
10187 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10188 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10189 }
10190
10191 static void
10192 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10193 {
10194 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10195 }
10196 \f
10197
10198 static void
10199 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10200 {
10201 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10202 }
10203
10204 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10205
10206 static void
10207 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10208 {
10209 struct breakpoint *b;
10210 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10211 int ix;
10212 int default_match;
10213 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10214 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10215 int i;
10216
10217 if (arg)
10218 {
10219 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
10220 default_match = 0;
10221 }
10222 else
10223 {
10224 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10225 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10226 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10227 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10228 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
10229 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
10230 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
10231 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
10232 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10233 error (_("No source file specified."));
10234
10235 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10236 sals.nelts = 1;
10237
10238 default_match = 1;
10239 }
10240
10241 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10242 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10243 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10244 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10245
10246 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10247 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10248 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10249 due to optimization, all in one block.
10250
10251 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10252 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10253 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10254 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10255 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10256 to support that. */
10257
10258 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10259 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10260 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10261 breakpoint. */
10262
10263 found = NULL;
10264 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10265 {
10266 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10267 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10268 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10269 or at default pc.
10270
10271 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10272
10273 0 1 pc
10274 1 1 pc _and_ line
10275 0 0 line
10276 1 0 <can't happen> */
10277
10278 sal = sals.sals[i];
10279
10280 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10282 {
10283 int match = 0;
10284 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10285 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10286 {
10287 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10288 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10289 {
10290 int pc_match = sal.pc
10291 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10292 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10293 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10294 || loc->section == sal.section);
10295 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
10296 && b->source_file != NULL
10297 && sal.symtab != NULL
10298 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10299 && filename_cmp (b->source_file,
10300 sal.symtab->filename) == 0
10301 && b->line_number == sal.line);
10302 if (pc_match || line_match)
10303 {
10304 match = 1;
10305 break;
10306 }
10307 }
10308 }
10309
10310 if (match)
10311 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10312 }
10313 }
10314 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10315 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10316 {
10317 if (arg)
10318 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10319 else
10320 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10321 }
10322
10323 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10324 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10325 if (from_tty)
10326 {
10327 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10328 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10329 else
10330 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10331 }
10332 breakpoints_changed ();
10333
10334 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10335 {
10336 if (from_tty)
10337 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10338 delete_breakpoint (b);
10339 }
10340 if (from_tty)
10341 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10342 }
10343 \f
10344 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10345 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10346 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10347
10348 void
10349 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10350 {
10351 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10352
10353 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10354 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10355 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10356 && bs->stop)
10357 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10358
10359 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10360 {
10361 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10362 delete_breakpoint (b);
10363 }
10364 }
10365
10366 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10367 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10368 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10369 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10370 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10371 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
10372
10373 static int
10374 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10375 {
10376 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10377 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10378 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10379 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10380 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10381
10382 if (a->address != b->address)
10383 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10384
10385 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10386 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10387 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10388
10389 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10390 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10391
10392 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10393 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10394 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10395
10396 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10397 }
10398
10399 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10400 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10401 content of the bp_location array. */
10402
10403 static void
10404 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10405 {
10406 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10407
10408 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10409 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10410
10411 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10412 {
10413 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10414
10415 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10416 continue;
10417
10418 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10419 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10420
10421 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10422 addr = bl->address - start;
10423 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10424 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10425
10426 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10427
10428 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10429 addr = end - bl->address;
10430 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10431 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10432 }
10433 }
10434
10435 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10436 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10437 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10438 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10439 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10440 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10441 returns true on them.
10442
10443 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10444 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10445 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10446 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10447 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10448 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10449
10450 static void
10451 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10452 {
10453 struct breakpoint *b;
10454 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10455 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10456
10457 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10458 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10459 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10460 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10461 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10462 once. */
10463 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10464 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10465 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10466 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10467
10468 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10469 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10470 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10471 unsigned old_location_count;
10472
10473 old_location = bp_location;
10474 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10475 bp_location = NULL;
10476 bp_location_count = 0;
10477 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10478
10479 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10480 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10481 bp_location_count++;
10482
10483 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10484 locp = bp_location;
10485 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10486 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10487 *locp++ = loc;
10488 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10489 bp_location_compare);
10490
10491 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10492
10493 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10494 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10495 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10496 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10497 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10498 location.
10499
10500 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10501 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10502
10503 locp = bp_location;
10504 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10505 old_locp++)
10506 {
10507 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10508 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10509
10510 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
10511 not, we have to free it. */
10512 int found_object = 0;
10513 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10514 int keep_in_target = 0;
10515 int removed = 0;
10516
10517 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10518 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10519 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10520 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10521 locp++;
10522
10523 for (loc2p = locp;
10524 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10525 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10526 loc2p++)
10527 {
10528 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10529 {
10530 found_object = 1;
10531 break;
10532 }
10533 }
10534
10535 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10536 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10537 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10538 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10539 at certain location is not inserted. */
10540
10541 if (old_loc->inserted)
10542 {
10543 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10544 it. */
10545
10546 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10547 {
10548 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10549 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10550 keep_in_target = 1;
10551 }
10552 else
10553 {
10554 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10555 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10556 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10557 this one from the target. */
10558
10559 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10560 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10561 {
10562 for (loc2p = locp;
10563 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10564 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10565 loc2p++)
10566 {
10567 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10568
10569 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10570 {
10571 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
10572 Duplicates check below will fix up this
10573 later. */
10574 loc2->duplicate = 0;
10575
10576 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10577 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10578 supported, but the latter are. */
10579 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10580 {
10581 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10582 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10583 }
10584
10585 if (loc2 != old_loc && should_be_inserted (loc2))
10586 {
10587 loc2->inserted = 1;
10588 loc2->target_info = old_loc->target_info;
10589 keep_in_target = 1;
10590 break;
10591 }
10592 }
10593 }
10594 }
10595 }
10596
10597 if (!keep_in_target)
10598 {
10599 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10600 {
10601 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10602 this location on the global list, and try to
10603 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10604 reason why we will succeed next time.
10605
10606 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10607 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10608 only after calling us. */
10609 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10610 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10611 old_loc->owner->number);
10612 }
10613 removed = 1;
10614 }
10615 }
10616
10617 if (!found_object)
10618 {
10619 if (removed && non_stop
10620 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10621 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10622 {
10623 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10624 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10625 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10626 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10627 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10628 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10629 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10630 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10631 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10632 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10633 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10634 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10635 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10636 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10637 SIGTRAP.
10638
10639 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10640 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10641
10642 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10643 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10644 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10645 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10646 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10647 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10648 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10649 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10650 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10651 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10652 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10653 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10654 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10655 thread_count.
10656
10657 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10658 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10659 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10660 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10661
10662 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10663 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10664 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10665 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10666 traps we can no longer explain. */
10667
10668 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10669 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10670
10671 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10672 }
10673 else
10674 {
10675 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10676 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10677 }
10678 }
10679 }
10680
10681 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10682 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10683 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10684 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10685 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10686 are sorted first for the same address.
10687
10688 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10689 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10690
10691 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10692 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10693 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10694 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10695 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10696 {
10697 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10698 non-NULL. */
10699 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
10700 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10701
10702 if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled
10703 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
10704 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled
10705 || !loc->enabled
10706 || loc->shlib_disabled
10707 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10708 || is_tracepoint (b))
10709 continue;
10710
10711 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10712 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10713 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10714 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10715 "actually inserted"));
10716
10717 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10718 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10719 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10720 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10721 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10722 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10723 else
10724 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10725
10726 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10727 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10728 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10729 {
10730 *loc_first_p = loc;
10731 loc->duplicate = 0;
10732 continue;
10733 }
10734
10735 loc->duplicate = 1;
10736
10737 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10738 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10739 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10740 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10741 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10742 }
10743
10744 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10745 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10746 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10747 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10748
10749 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10750 }
10751
10752 void
10753 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10754 {
10755 struct bp_location *loc;
10756 int ix;
10757
10758 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10759 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10760 {
10761 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10762 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10763 --ix;
10764 }
10765 }
10766
10767 static void
10768 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10769 {
10770 struct gdb_exception e;
10771
10772 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10773 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10774 }
10775
10776 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10777
10778 static void
10779 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10780 {
10781 bpstat bs;
10782
10783 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10784 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10785 {
10786 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10787 bs->old_val = NULL;
10788 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10789 }
10790 }
10791
10792 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10793 static int
10794 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10795 {
10796 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10797
10798 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10799 return 0;
10800 }
10801
10802 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10803 structures. */
10804
10805 void
10806 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
10807 {
10808 struct breakpoint *b;
10809
10810 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
10811
10812 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10813 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10814 especial culprits.
10815
10816 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10817 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10818 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10819 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10820 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10821 deleted.
10822
10823 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10824 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10825 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10826 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10827 was chosen. */
10828 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
10829 return;
10830
10831 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10832 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10833 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
10834 {
10835 struct breakpoint *related;
10836
10837 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10838 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt->related_breakpoint);
10839 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10840 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt);
10841
10842 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
10843 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
10844 related = related->related_breakpoint);
10845 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
10846 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
10847 }
10848
10849 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
10850 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
10851 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
10852 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
10853 if (bpt->number)
10854 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
10855
10856 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
10857 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
10858
10859 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10860 if (b->next == bpt)
10861 {
10862 b->next = bpt->next;
10863 break;
10864 }
10865
10866 if (bpt->ops != NULL && bpt->ops->dtor != NULL)
10867 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
10868
10869 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt->commands);
10870 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
10871 xfree (bpt->cond_exp);
10872 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
10873 xfree (bpt->addr_string_range_end);
10874 xfree (bpt->exp);
10875 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
10876 xfree (bpt->exp_string_reparse);
10877 value_free (bpt->val);
10878 xfree (bpt->source_file);
10879
10880
10881 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10882 been freed. */
10883 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10884 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10885 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10886 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10887 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10888 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10889 commands won't work. */
10890
10891 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
10892
10893 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10894 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10895 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10896 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10897 might be better design to have location completely
10898 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10899 update_global_location_list (0);
10900
10901
10902 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10903 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10904 bpt->type = bp_none;
10905
10906 xfree (bpt);
10907 }
10908
10909 static void
10910 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
10911 {
10912 delete_breakpoint (b);
10913 }
10914
10915 struct cleanup *
10916 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10917 {
10918 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
10919 }
10920
10921 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
10922 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
10923
10924 static void
10925 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
10926 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
10927 void *),
10928 void *data)
10929 {
10930 struct breakpoint *related;
10931
10932 related = b;
10933 do
10934 {
10935 struct breakpoint *next;
10936
10937 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
10938 next = related->related_breakpoint;
10939
10940 if (next == related)
10941 {
10942 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
10943 function (related, data);
10944
10945 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
10946 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
10947 out. */
10948 break;
10949 }
10950 else
10951 function (related, data);
10952
10953 related = next;
10954 }
10955 while (related != b);
10956 }
10957
10958 static void
10959 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10960 {
10961 delete_breakpoint (b);
10962 }
10963
10964 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10965 delete_breakpoint. */
10966
10967 static void
10968 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10969 {
10970 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
10971 }
10972
10973 void
10974 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10975 {
10976 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10977
10978 dont_repeat ();
10979
10980 if (arg == 0)
10981 {
10982 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
10983
10984 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
10985 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
10986 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10988 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
10989 {
10990 breaks_to_delete = 1;
10991 break;
10992 }
10993
10994 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10995 if (!from_tty
10996 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
10997 {
10998 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10999 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11000 delete_breakpoint (b);
11001 }
11002 }
11003 else
11004 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11005 }
11006
11007 static int
11008 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
11009 {
11010 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11011 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
11012 return 0;
11013 return 1;
11014 }
11015
11016 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11017 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11018 Null names are ignored. */
11019
11020 static int
11021 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
11022 {
11023 struct bp_location *l;
11024 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
11025 (int (*) (const void *,
11026 const void *)) streq,
11027 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
11028
11029 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
11030 {
11031 const char **slot;
11032 const char *name = l->function_name;
11033
11034 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11035 if (name == NULL)
11036 continue;
11037
11038 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
11039 INSERT);
11040 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11041 returns NULL. */
11042 if (*slot != NULL)
11043 {
11044 htab_delete (htab);
11045 return 1;
11046 }
11047 *slot = name;
11048 }
11049
11050 htab_delete (htab);
11051 return 0;
11052 }
11053
11054 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11055 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11056 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11057 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11058 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11059 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11060 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11061 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11062 The heuristic is:
11063
11064 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11065 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11066 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11067 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11068 in the sources, and output a warning.
11069
11070 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11071 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11072 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11073 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11074 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11075 warning.
11076
11077 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11078 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11079 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11080 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11081 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11082 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11083 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11084 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11085 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11086
11087 static struct symtab_and_line
11088 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
11089 {
11090 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11091 CORE_ADDR pc;
11092 int i;
11093
11094 pc = sal.pc;
11095 if (sal.line)
11096 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11097
11098 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11099 {
11100 if (strcmp (b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11101 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11102 b->number,
11103 b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11104
11105 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11106 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11107 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11108
11109 return sal;
11110 }
11111
11112 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11113 by string ID. */
11114 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11115 && sal.line != 0
11116 && sal.symtab != NULL
11117 && b->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11118 {
11119 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11120
11121 markers
11122 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11123
11124 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11125 {
11126 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11127 struct symbol *sym;
11128 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
11129
11130 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11131
11132 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11133 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker->str_id);
11134
11135 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11136 "found at previous line number"),
11137 b->number, b->static_trace_marker_id);
11138
11139 init_sal (&sal);
11140
11141 sal.pc = marker->address;
11142
11143 sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
11144 sym = find_pc_sect_function (marker->address, NULL);
11145 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11146 if (sym)
11147 {
11148 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11149 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11150 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11151 }
11152 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal.symtab->filename);
11153 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11154
11155 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11156 {
11157 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
11158
11159 if (fullname)
11160 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11161 }
11162
11163 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal.line);
11164 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11165
11166 b->line_number = sal.line;
11167
11168 xfree (b->source_file);
11169 if (sym)
11170 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
11171 else
11172 b->source_file = NULL;
11173
11174 xfree (b->addr_string);
11175 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11176 sal.symtab->filename, b->line_number);
11177
11178 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11179 so. */
11180
11181 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
11182 }
11183 }
11184 return sal;
11185 }
11186
11187 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11188 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11189
11190 static int
11191 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11192 {
11193 while (a && b)
11194 {
11195 if (a->address != b->address)
11196 return 0;
11197
11198 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11199 return 0;
11200
11201 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11202 return 0;
11203
11204 a = a->next;
11205 b = b->next;
11206 }
11207
11208 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11209 return 0;
11210
11211 return 1;
11212 }
11213
11214 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11215 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11216 a ranged breakpoint. */
11217
11218 void
11219 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11220 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11221 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11222 {
11223 int i;
11224 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11225
11226 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11227 gdb_assert (sals_end.nelts == 0 || (sals.nelts == 1 && sals_end.nelts == 1));
11228
11229 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11230 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11231 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11232 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11233 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11234 individual locations. */
11235 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11236 return;
11237
11238 b->loc = NULL;
11239
11240 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11241 {
11242 struct bp_location *new_loc =
11243 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11244
11245 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11246 old symtab. */
11247 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11248 {
11249 char *s;
11250 struct gdb_exception e;
11251
11252 s = b->cond_string;
11253 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11254 {
11255 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11256 0);
11257 }
11258 if (e.reason < 0)
11259 {
11260 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11261 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11262 b->number, e.message);
11263 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11264 }
11265 }
11266
11267 if (b->source_file != NULL)
11268 xfree (b->source_file);
11269 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
11270 b->source_file = NULL;
11271 else
11272 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
11273
11274 if (b->line_number == 0)
11275 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
11276
11277 if (sals_end.nelts)
11278 {
11279 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11280
11281 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11282 }
11283 }
11284
11285 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11286 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11287 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11288
11289 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11290 breakpoints. */
11291 {
11292 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11293 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11294 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11295 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11296 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11297 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11298 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11299
11300 for (; e; e = e->next)
11301 {
11302 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11303 {
11304 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11305 if (have_ambiguous_names)
11306 {
11307 for (; l; l = l->next)
11308 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11309 {
11310 l->enabled = 0;
11311 break;
11312 }
11313 }
11314 else
11315 {
11316 for (; l; l = l->next)
11317 if (l->function_name
11318 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
11319 {
11320 l->enabled = 0;
11321 break;
11322 }
11323 }
11324 }
11325 }
11326 }
11327
11328 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
11329 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11330
11331 update_global_location_list (1);
11332 }
11333
11334 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11335 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11336
11337 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11338 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
11339 {
11340 char *s;
11341 int marker_spec;
11342 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
11343 struct gdb_exception e;
11344
11345 s = addr_string;
11346 marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s);
11347
11348 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11349 {
11350 if (marker_spec)
11351 {
11352 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
11353 if (sals.nelts > b->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11354 {
11355 sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[b->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11356 sals.nelts = 1;
11357 }
11358 else
11359 error (_("marker %s not found"), b->static_trace_marker_id);
11360 }
11361 else
11362 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
11363 }
11364 if (e.reason < 0)
11365 {
11366 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
11367 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11368 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11369 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11370 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11371 state, then user already saw the message about that
11372 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11373 errors. */
11374 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11375 && (b->condition_not_parsed
11376 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11377 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
11378 not_found_and_ok = 1;
11379
11380 if (!not_found_and_ok)
11381 {
11382 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11383 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11384 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11385 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11386 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11387 which approach is better. */
11388 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11389 throw_exception (e);
11390 }
11391 }
11392
11393 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
11394 {
11395 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
11396
11397 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
11398 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
11399 {
11400 char *cond_string = 0;
11401 int thread = -1;
11402 int task = 0;
11403
11404 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
11405 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
11406 if (cond_string)
11407 b->cond_string = cond_string;
11408 b->thread = thread;
11409 b->task = task;
11410 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
11411 }
11412
11413 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec)
11414 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
11415
11416 *found = 1;
11417 }
11418 else
11419 *found = 0;
11420
11421 return sals;
11422 }
11423
11424 void
11425 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
11426 {
11427 int found;
11428 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
11429 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
11430 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
11431
11432 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
11433 if (found)
11434 {
11435 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11436 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
11437 }
11438
11439 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
11440 {
11441 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
11442 if (found)
11443 {
11444 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
11445 expanded_end = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end.sals[0]);
11446 }
11447 }
11448
11449 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
11450 }
11451
11452 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
11453
11454 static struct cleanup *
11455 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
11456 {
11457 struct cleanup *cleanups;
11458
11459 input_radix = b->input_radix;
11460 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
11461 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
11462 set_language (b->language);
11463
11464 return cleanups;
11465 }
11466
11467 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11468 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11469 Unused in this case. */
11470
11471 static int
11472 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
11473 {
11474 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11475 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
11476
11477 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->re_set != NULL)
11478 {
11479 struct cleanup *cleanups;
11480
11481 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
11482 b->ops->re_set (b);
11483 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11484
11485 return 0;
11486 }
11487
11488 switch (b->type)
11489 {
11490 case bp_none:
11491 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11492 b->number);
11493 return 0;
11494 case bp_breakpoint:
11495 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11496 case bp_tracepoint:
11497 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11498 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11499 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11500 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
11501 if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
11502 return 0;
11503
11504 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
11505 {
11506 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11507 delete_breakpoint (b);
11508 return 0;
11509 }
11510
11511 {
11512 struct cleanup *cleanups;
11513
11514 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
11515 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11516 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11517 }
11518 break;
11519
11520 case bp_watchpoint:
11521 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11522 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11523 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11524 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
11525 variables, or it can be on local variables.
11526
11527 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
11528 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
11529 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
11530 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
11531
11532 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
11533 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
11534 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
11535 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
11536 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
11537 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
11538 the user.
11539
11540 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
11541 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
11542 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
11543 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
11544
11545 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
11546 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
11547
11548 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
11549 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
11550 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
11551 break;
11552 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
11553 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
11554 loaded. */
11555 case bp_catchpoint:
11556 break;
11557
11558 default:
11559 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
11560 /* fall through */
11561 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
11562 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11563 case bp_overlay_event:
11564 case bp_longjmp_master:
11565 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11566 case bp_exception_master:
11567 delete_breakpoint (b);
11568 break;
11569
11570 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11571 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11572 case bp_shlib_event:
11573
11574 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
11575 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11576 case bp_thread_event:
11577
11578 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
11579 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
11580 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
11581 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
11582 rerun the executable. */
11583 case bp_until:
11584 case bp_finish:
11585 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
11586 case bp_call_dummy:
11587 case bp_std_terminate:
11588 case bp_step_resume:
11589 case bp_hp_step_resume:
11590 case bp_longjmp:
11591 case bp_longjmp_resume:
11592 case bp_exception:
11593 case bp_exception_resume:
11594 case bp_jit_event:
11595 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
11596 break;
11597 }
11598
11599 return 0;
11600 }
11601
11602 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11603 void
11604 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11605 {
11606 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11607 enum language save_language;
11608 int save_input_radix;
11609 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11610
11611 save_language = current_language->la_language;
11612 save_input_radix = input_radix;
11613 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
11614
11615 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11616 {
11617 /* Format possible error msg. */
11618 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11619 b->number);
11620 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
11621 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
11622 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11623 }
11624 set_language (save_language);
11625 input_radix = save_input_radix;
11626
11627 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11628
11629 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11630
11631 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11632 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11633 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11634 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11635 }
11636 \f
11637 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11638
11639 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11640 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11641 void
11642 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
11643 {
11644 if (b->thread != -1)
11645 {
11646 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
11647 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
11648
11649 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11650 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11651 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11652 as well. */
11653 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
11654 }
11655 }
11656
11657 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11658 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11659 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11660
11661 void
11662 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
11663 {
11664 struct breakpoint *b;
11665
11666 if (count < 0)
11667 count = 0;
11668
11669 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11670 if (b->number == bptnum)
11671 {
11672 if (is_tracepoint (b))
11673 {
11674 if (from_tty && count != 0)
11675 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
11676 bptnum);
11677 return;
11678 }
11679
11680 b->ignore_count = count;
11681 if (from_tty)
11682 {
11683 if (count == 0)
11684 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
11685 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
11686 bptnum);
11687 else if (count == 1)
11688 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
11689 bptnum);
11690 else
11691 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
11692 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
11693 count, bptnum);
11694 }
11695 breakpoints_changed ();
11696 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11697 return;
11698 }
11699
11700 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
11701 }
11702
11703 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
11704
11705 static void
11706 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11707 {
11708 char *p = args;
11709 int num;
11710
11711 if (p == 0)
11712 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
11713
11714 num = get_number (&p);
11715 if (num == 0)
11716 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
11717 if (*p == 0)
11718 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
11719
11720 set_ignore_count (num,
11721 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
11722 from_tty);
11723 if (from_tty)
11724 printf_filtered ("\n");
11725 }
11726 \f
11727 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
11728 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
11729
11730 static void
11731 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11732 void *),
11733 void *data)
11734 {
11735 int num;
11736 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
11737 int match;
11738 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
11739
11740 if (args == 0)
11741 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
11742
11743 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
11744
11745 while (!state.finished)
11746 {
11747 char *p = state.string;
11748
11749 match = 0;
11750
11751 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
11752 if (num == 0)
11753 {
11754 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
11755 }
11756 else
11757 {
11758 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
11759 if (b->number == num)
11760 {
11761 match = 1;
11762 function (b, data);
11763 break;
11764 }
11765 if (match == 0)
11766 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
11767 }
11768 }
11769 }
11770
11771 static struct bp_location *
11772 find_location_by_number (char *number)
11773 {
11774 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
11775 char *p1;
11776 int bp_num;
11777 int loc_num;
11778 struct breakpoint *b;
11779 struct bp_location *loc;
11780
11781 *dot = '\0';
11782
11783 p1 = number;
11784 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
11785 if (bp_num == 0)
11786 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
11787
11788 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11789 if (b->number == bp_num)
11790 {
11791 break;
11792 }
11793
11794 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
11795 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
11796
11797 p1 = dot+1;
11798 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
11799 if (loc_num == 0)
11800 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
11801
11802 --loc_num;
11803 loc = b->loc;
11804 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
11805 ;
11806 if (!loc)
11807 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
11808
11809 return loc;
11810 }
11811
11812
11813 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11814 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11815 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11816
11817 void
11818 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11819 {
11820 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
11821 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
11822 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
11823 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11824 return;
11825
11826 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
11827 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11828 return;
11829
11830 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11831
11832 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11833 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
11834 {
11835 struct bp_location *location;
11836
11837 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
11838 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
11839 }
11840
11841 update_global_location_list (0);
11842
11843 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
11844 }
11845
11846 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
11847
11848 static void
11849 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11850 {
11851 disable_breakpoint (b);
11852 }
11853
11854 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11855 disable_breakpoint. */
11856
11857 static void
11858 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11859 {
11860 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
11861 }
11862
11863 static void
11864 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11865 {
11866 if (args == 0)
11867 {
11868 struct breakpoint *bpt;
11869
11870 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
11871 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
11872 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
11873 }
11874 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
11875 {
11876 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
11877 if (loc)
11878 {
11879 loc->enabled = 0;
11880 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11881 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
11882 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
11883 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
11884 }
11885 update_global_location_list (0);
11886 }
11887 else
11888 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
11889 }
11890
11891 static void
11892 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
11893 {
11894 int target_resources_ok;
11895
11896 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11897 {
11898 int i;
11899 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
11900 target_resources_ok =
11901 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
11902 i + 1, 0);
11903 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
11904 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
11905 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
11906 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
11907 }
11908
11909 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
11910 {
11911 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
11912 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
11913 struct gdb_exception e;
11914
11915 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11916 {
11917 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
11918 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11919 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
11920 }
11921 if (e.reason < 0)
11922 {
11923 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
11924 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11925 bpt->number);
11926 return;
11927 }
11928 }
11929
11930 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
11931 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11932
11933 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11934 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
11935 {
11936 struct bp_location *location;
11937
11938 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
11939 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
11940 }
11941
11942 bpt->disposition = disposition;
11943 update_global_location_list (1);
11944 breakpoints_changed ();
11945
11946 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
11947 }
11948
11949
11950 void
11951 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11952 {
11953 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
11954 }
11955
11956 static void
11957 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
11958 {
11959 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
11960 }
11961
11962 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11963 enable_breakpoint. */
11964
11965 static void
11966 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11967 {
11968 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
11969 }
11970
11971 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11972 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11973 in stopping the inferior. */
11974
11975 static void
11976 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11977 {
11978 if (args == 0)
11979 {
11980 struct breakpoint *bpt;
11981
11982 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
11983 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
11984 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
11985 }
11986 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
11987 {
11988 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
11989 if (loc)
11990 {
11991 loc->enabled = 1;
11992 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11993 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
11994 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
11995 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
11996 }
11997 update_global_location_list (1);
11998 }
11999 else
12000 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12001 }
12002
12003 static void
12004 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12005 {
12006 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
12007
12008 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
12009 }
12010
12011 static void
12012 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12013 {
12014 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
12015
12016 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12017 }
12018
12019 static void
12020 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12021 {
12022 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
12023 }
12024
12025 static void
12026 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12027 {
12028 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
12029
12030 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12031 }
12032
12033 static void
12034 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12035 {
12036 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12037 }
12038 \f
12039 static void
12040 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12041 {
12042 }
12043
12044 static void
12045 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12046 {
12047 }
12048
12049 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12050 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12051 GDB itself. */
12052
12053 static void
12054 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
12055 const bfd_byte *data)
12056 {
12057 struct breakpoint *bp;
12058
12059 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12060 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
12061 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
12062 && bp->val_valid && bp->val)
12063 {
12064 struct bp_location *loc;
12065
12066 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
12067 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12068 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
12069 && addr + len > loc->address)
12070 {
12071 value_free (bp->val);
12072 bp->val = NULL;
12073 bp->val_valid = 0;
12074 }
12075 }
12076 }
12077
12078 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
12079
12080 struct symtabs_and_lines
12081 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
12082 {
12083 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12084
12085 if (string == 0)
12086 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12087 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
12088 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12089 default_breakpoint_symtab,
12090 default_breakpoint_line,
12091 NULL);
12092 else
12093 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12094 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
12095 if (*string)
12096 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
12097 return sals;
12098 }
12099
12100 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12101 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12102 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12103 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12104 someday. */
12105
12106 void *
12107 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12108 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
12109 {
12110 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12111
12112 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12113
12114 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12115 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12116
12117 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12118 {
12119 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12120 xfree (bp_tgt);
12121 return NULL;
12122 }
12123
12124 return bp_tgt;
12125 }
12126
12127 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12128 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12129
12130 int
12131 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12132 {
12133 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12134 int ret;
12135
12136 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12137 xfree (bp_tgt);
12138
12139 return ret;
12140 }
12141
12142 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12143 stepping. */
12144
12145 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12146 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12147
12148 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12149
12150 void
12151 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12152 struct address_space *aspace,
12153 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
12154 {
12155 void **bpt_p;
12156
12157 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12158 {
12159 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12160 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12161 }
12162 else
12163 {
12164 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12165 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12166 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12167 }
12168
12169 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12170 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12171 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12172 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12173 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12174 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12175
12176 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12177 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12178 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12179 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12180 }
12181
12182 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12183 were inserted or not. */
12184
12185 int
12186 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12187 {
12188 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12189 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12190 }
12191
12192 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12193
12194 void
12195 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12196 {
12197 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12198
12199 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12200 call. */
12201 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12202 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12203 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12204 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12205
12206 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12207 {
12208 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12209 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12210 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12211 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12212 }
12213 }
12214
12215 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12216 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12217 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12218 exec. */
12219
12220 void
12221 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12222 {
12223 int i;
12224
12225 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12226 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12227 {
12228 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12229 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12230 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12231 }
12232 }
12233
12234 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12235 removing them. */
12236
12237 static void
12238 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12239 {
12240 int i;
12241
12242 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12243 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12244 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12245 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12246 }
12247
12248 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12249 PC. */
12250
12251 static int
12252 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12253 CORE_ADDR pc)
12254 {
12255 int i;
12256
12257 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12258 {
12259 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12260 if (bp_tgt
12261 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12262 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12263 aspace, pc))
12264 return 1;
12265 }
12266
12267 return 0;
12268 }
12269
12270 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12271 non-zero otherwise. */
12272 static int
12273 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12274 {
12275 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12276 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12277 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12278 return 1;
12279 else
12280 return 0;
12281 }
12282
12283 int
12284 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12285 {
12286 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12287
12288 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12289 }
12290
12291 int
12292 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12293 {
12294 struct breakpoint *bp;
12295
12296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12297 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12298 {
12299 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
12300
12301 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12302 {
12303 int i, iter;
12304 for (i = 0;
12305 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12306 i++)
12307 if (syscall_number == iter)
12308 return 1;
12309 }
12310 else
12311 return 1;
12312 }
12313
12314 return 0;
12315 }
12316
12317 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12318 static char **
12319 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12320 char *text, char *word)
12321 {
12322 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12323 char **retlist
12324 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12325
12326 xfree (list);
12327 return retlist;
12328 }
12329
12330 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12331
12332 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12333 static void
12334 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12335 {
12336 tracepoint_count = num;
12337 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12338 }
12339
12340 void
12341 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12342 {
12343 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12344 arg,
12345 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12346 0 /* tempflag */,
12347 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12348 0 /* Ignore count */,
12349 pending_break_support,
12350 NULL,
12351 from_tty,
12352 1 /* enabled */,
12353 0 /* internal */))
12354 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12355 }
12356
12357 void
12358 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12359 {
12360 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12361 arg,
12362 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12363 0 /* tempflag */,
12364 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12365 0 /* Ignore count */,
12366 pending_break_support,
12367 NULL,
12368 from_tty,
12369 1 /* enabled */,
12370 0 /* internal */))
12371 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12372 }
12373
12374 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12375
12376 void
12377 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12378 {
12379 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12380 arg,
12381 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12382 0 /* tempflag */,
12383 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12384 0 /* Ignore count */,
12385 pending_break_support,
12386 NULL,
12387 from_tty,
12388 1 /* enabled */,
12389 0 /* internal */))
12390 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12391 }
12392
12393 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12394 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12395
12396 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
12397 static int next_cmd;
12398
12399 static char *
12400 read_uploaded_action (void)
12401 {
12402 char *rslt;
12403
12404 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
12405
12406 next_cmd++;
12407
12408 return rslt;
12409 }
12410
12411 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12412 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12413 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12414 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12415 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12416
12417 struct breakpoint *
12418 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
12419 {
12420 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
12421 struct breakpoint *tp;
12422
12423 if (utp->at_string)
12424 addr_str = utp->at_string;
12425 else
12426 {
12427 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12428 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12429 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12430 user. */
12431 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12432 "source location, using raw address"),
12433 utp->number);
12434 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
12435 addr_str = small_buf;
12436 }
12437
12438 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12439 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
12440 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12441 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12442 utp->number);
12443
12444 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12445 addr_str,
12446 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12447 0 /* tempflag */,
12448 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
12449 0 /* Ignore count */,
12450 pending_break_support,
12451 NULL,
12452 0 /* from_tty */,
12453 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
12454 0 /* internal */))
12455 return NULL;
12456
12457 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12458
12459 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12460 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
12461 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
12462
12463 if (utp->pass > 0)
12464 {
12465 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->number);
12466
12467 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
12468 }
12469
12470 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12471 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12472 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12473 function. */
12474 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
12475 {
12476 struct command_line *cmd_list;
12477
12478 this_utp = utp;
12479 next_cmd = 0;
12480
12481 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
12482
12483 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, cmd_list);
12484 }
12485 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
12486 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
12487 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12488 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12489 utp->number);
12490
12491 return tp;
12492 }
12493
12494 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12495 omitted. */
12496
12497 static void
12498 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
12499 {
12500 int num_printed;
12501
12502 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
12503
12504 if (num_printed == 0)
12505 {
12506 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
12507 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12508 else
12509 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
12510 }
12511
12512 default_collect_info ();
12513 }
12514
12515 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12516 Not supported by all targets. */
12517 static void
12518 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12519 {
12520 enable_command (args, from_tty);
12521 }
12522
12523 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12524 Not supported by all targets. */
12525 static void
12526 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12527 {
12528 disable_command (args, from_tty);
12529 }
12530
12531 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12532 static void
12533 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12534 {
12535 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12536
12537 dont_repeat ();
12538
12539 if (arg == 0)
12540 {
12541 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12542
12543 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12544 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12545 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12546 argument. */
12547 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12548 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12549 {
12550 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12551 break;
12552 }
12553
12554 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12555 if (!from_tty
12556 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12557 {
12558 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12559 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12560 delete_breakpoint (b);
12561 }
12562 }
12563 else
12564 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12565 }
12566
12567 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12568
12569 static void
12570 trace_pass_set_count (struct breakpoint *bp, int count, int from_tty)
12571 {
12572 bp->pass_count = count;
12573 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (bp->number);
12574 if (from_tty)
12575 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12576 bp->number, count);
12577 }
12578
12579 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12580
12581 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12582 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12583 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12584
12585 static void
12586 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12587 {
12588 struct breakpoint *t1;
12589 unsigned int count;
12590
12591 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
12592 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12593 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12594
12595 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12596
12597 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
12598 args++;
12599
12600 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
12601 {
12602 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12603 if (*args)
12604 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12605
12606 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t1)
12607 {
12608 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12609 }
12610 }
12611 else if (*args == '\0')
12612 {
12613 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
12614 if (t1)
12615 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12616 }
12617 else
12618 {
12619 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12620
12621 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12622 while (!state.finished)
12623 {
12624 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
12625 if (t1)
12626 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12627 }
12628 }
12629 }
12630
12631 struct breakpoint *
12632 get_tracepoint (int num)
12633 {
12634 struct breakpoint *t;
12635
12636 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12637 if (t->number == num)
12638 return t;
12639
12640 return NULL;
12641 }
12642
12643 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
12644 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
12645 reconnecting). */
12646
12647 struct breakpoint *
12648 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
12649 {
12650 struct breakpoint *t;
12651
12652 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12653 if (t->number_on_target == num)
12654 return t;
12655
12656 return NULL;
12657 }
12658
12659 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
12660 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
12661 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
12662 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
12663 struct breakpoint *
12664 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
12665 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
12666 int optional_p)
12667 {
12668 extern int tracepoint_count;
12669 struct breakpoint *t;
12670 int tpnum;
12671 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
12672
12673 if (state)
12674 {
12675 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
12676 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
12677 }
12678 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
12679 {
12680 if (optional_p)
12681 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
12682 else
12683 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
12684 }
12685 else
12686 tpnum = get_number (arg);
12687
12688 if (tpnum <= 0)
12689 {
12690 if (instring && *instring)
12691 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
12692 instring);
12693 else
12694 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
12695 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
12696 return NULL;
12697 }
12698
12699 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12700 if (t->number == tpnum)
12701 {
12702 return t;
12703 }
12704
12705 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
12706 return NULL;
12707 }
12708
12709 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
12710 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
12711 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
12712 non-zero. */
12713
12714 static void
12715 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
12716 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
12717 {
12718 struct breakpoint *tp;
12719 int any = 0;
12720 char *pathname;
12721 struct cleanup *cleanup;
12722 struct ui_file *fp;
12723 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
12724
12725 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
12726 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
12727
12728 /* See if we have anything to save. */
12729 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
12730 {
12731 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12732 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
12733 continue;
12734
12735 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12736 if (filter && !filter (tp))
12737 continue;
12738
12739 any = 1;
12740
12741 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
12742 {
12743 extra_trace_bits = 1;
12744
12745 /* We can stop searching. */
12746 break;
12747 }
12748 }
12749
12750 if (!any)
12751 {
12752 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
12753 return;
12754 }
12755
12756 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
12757 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
12758 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
12759 if (!fp)
12760 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
12761 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
12762 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
12763
12764 if (extra_trace_bits)
12765 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
12766
12767 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
12768 {
12769 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12770 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
12771 continue;
12772
12773 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12774 if (filter && !filter (tp))
12775 continue;
12776
12777 if (tp->ops != NULL && tp->ops->print_recreate != NULL)
12778 (tp->ops->print_recreate) (tp, fp);
12779 else
12780 {
12781 if (tp->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12782 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12783 if (tp->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12785 else if (tp->type == bp_tracepoint)
12786 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12787 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12788 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12789 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12790 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12791 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12792 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12793 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12794 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12795 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12796 else if (tp->type == bp_watchpoint)
12797 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
12798 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12799 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
12800 else if (tp->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12801 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
12802 else if (tp->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12803 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
12804 else
12805 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12806 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12807
12808 if (tp->exp_string)
12809 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->exp_string);
12810 else if (tp->addr_string)
12811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12812 else
12813 {
12814 char tmp[40];
12815
12816 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
12817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " *0x%s", tmp);
12818 }
12819 }
12820
12821 if (tp->thread != -1)
12822 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", tp->thread);
12823
12824 if (tp->task != 0)
12825 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", tp->task);
12826
12827 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
12828
12829 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
12830 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
12831 instead. */
12832
12833 if (tp->cond_string)
12834 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
12835
12836 if (tp->ignore_count)
12837 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
12838
12839 if (tp->pass_count)
12840 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12841
12842 if (tp->commands)
12843 {
12844 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
12845
12846 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
12847
12848 ui_out_redirect (uiout, fp);
12849 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12850 {
12851 print_command_lines (uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
12852 }
12853 ui_out_redirect (uiout, NULL);
12854
12855 if (ex.reason < 0)
12856 throw_exception (ex);
12857
12858 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
12859 }
12860
12861 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
12862 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
12863
12864 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
12865 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
12866 special, and not user visible. */
12867 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
12868 {
12869 struct bp_location *loc;
12870 int n = 1;
12871
12872 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
12873 if (!loc->enabled)
12874 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
12875 }
12876 }
12877
12878 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
12879 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
12880
12881 do_cleanups (cleanup);
12882 if (from_tty)
12883 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
12884 }
12885
12886 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
12887
12888 static void
12889 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12890 {
12891 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
12892 }
12893
12894 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
12895
12896 static void
12897 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12898 {
12899 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
12900 }
12901
12902 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
12903
12904 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
12905 all_tracepoints (void)
12906 {
12907 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
12908 struct breakpoint *tp;
12909
12910 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
12911 {
12912 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
12913 }
12914
12915 return tp_vec;
12916 }
12917
12918 \f
12919 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
12920 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
12921 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
12922 command. */
12923 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
12924 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
12925 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12926 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
12927 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
12928 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
12929 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
12930 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
12931 \n\
12932 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
12933 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12934 \n\
12935 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12936 conditions are different.\n\
12937 \n\
12938 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
12939
12940 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
12941 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
12942
12943 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
12944 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
12945
12946 void
12947 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
12948 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
12949 struct cmd_list_element *command),
12950 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12951 char *text, char *word),
12952 void *user_data_catch,
12953 void *user_data_tcatch)
12954 {
12955 struct cmd_list_element *command;
12956
12957 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12958 &catch_cmdlist);
12959 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12960 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
12961 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12962
12963 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12964 &tcatch_cmdlist);
12965 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12966 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
12967 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12968 }
12969
12970 static void
12971 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
12972 {
12973 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
12974 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
12975 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
12976 }
12977
12978 static void
12979 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12980 {
12981 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
12982 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
12983 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
12984 }
12985
12986 struct breakpoint *
12987 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
12988 void *data)
12989 {
12990 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12991
12992 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12993 {
12994 if ((*callback) (b, data))
12995 return b;
12996 }
12997
12998 return NULL;
12999 }
13000
13001 void
13002 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13003 {
13004 struct cmd_list_element *c;
13005
13006 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
13007 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
13008 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
13009
13010 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
13011
13012 breakpoint_chain = 0;
13013 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13014 before a breakpoint is set. */
13015 breakpoint_count = 0;
13016
13017 tracepoint_count = 0;
13018
13019 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
13020 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13021 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13022 if (xdb_commands)
13023 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
13024
13025 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
13026 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13027 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13028 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13029 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13030 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13031 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13032 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13033
13034 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
13035 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13036 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13037 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13038
13039 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
13040 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13041 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13042 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13043 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13044 \n"
13045 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13046 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13047
13048 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
13049 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13050 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13051 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13052 \n"
13053 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13054 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13055
13056 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
13057 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13058 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13059 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13060 \n"
13061 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13062 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13063
13064 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13065 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13066 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13067 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13068 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13069 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13070 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13071 if (xdb_commands)
13072 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13073 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13074 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13075 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13076 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13077 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13078
13079 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13080
13081 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13082 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13083 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13084 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13085 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13086 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
13087
13088 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13089 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13090 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13091 &enablebreaklist);
13092
13093 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13094 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13095 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13096 &enablebreaklist);
13097
13098 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13099 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13100 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13101 &enablelist);
13102
13103 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13104 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13105 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13106 &enablelist);
13107
13108 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13109 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13110 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13111 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13112 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13113 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13114 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13115 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13116 if (xdb_commands)
13117 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13118 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13119 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13120 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13121 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13122
13123 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13124 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13125 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13126 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13127 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13128 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13129 &disablelist);
13130
13131 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13132 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13133 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13134 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13135 \n\
13136 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13137 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13138 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13139 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13140 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13141 if (xdb_commands)
13142 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13143 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13144 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13145 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13146
13147 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13148 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13149 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13150 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13151 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13152 &deletelist);
13153
13154 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13155 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13156 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13157 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13158 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13159 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13160 \n\
13161 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13162 is executing in.\n\
13163 \n\
13164 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13165 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13166
13167 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13168 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13169 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13170 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13171
13172 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13173 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13174 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13175 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13176
13177 if (xdb_commands)
13178 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13179
13180 if (dbx_commands)
13181 {
13182 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13183 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13184 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13185 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13186 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13187 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
13188 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
13189 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
13190 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13191 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13192 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13193 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13194 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13195 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13196 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13197 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13198 \n\
13199 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13200 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13201 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13202 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13203 breakpoint set."));
13204 }
13205
13206 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
13207 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13208 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13209 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13210 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13211 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13212 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13213 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13214 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13215 \n\
13216 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13217 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13218 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13219 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13220 breakpoint set."));
13221
13222 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13223
13224 if (xdb_commands)
13225 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
13226 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13227 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13228 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13229 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13230 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13231 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13232 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13233 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13234 \n\
13235 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13236 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13237 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13238 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13239 breakpoint set."));
13240
13241 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
13242 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13243 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13244 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13245 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13246 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13247 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13248 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13249 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13250 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13251 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13252 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13253 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13254 \n\
13255 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13256 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13257 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13258 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13259 breakpoint set."),
13260 &maintenanceinfolist);
13261
13262 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
13263 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13264 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
13265 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13266
13267 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
13268 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13269 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
13270 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13271
13272 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13273 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13274 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13275 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13276 catch_catch_command,
13277 NULL,
13278 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13279 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13280 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13281 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13282 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13283 catch_throw_command,
13284 NULL,
13285 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13286 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13287 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13288 catch_fork_command_1,
13289 NULL,
13290 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
13291 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
13292 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13293 catch_fork_command_1,
13294 NULL,
13295 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
13296 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
13297 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13298 catch_exec_command_1,
13299 NULL,
13300 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13301 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13302 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13303 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13304 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13305 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13306 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13307 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13308 catch_syscall_command_1,
13309 catch_syscall_completer,
13310 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13311 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13312
13313 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
13314 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13315 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13316 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13317 an expression changes.\n\
13318 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13319 the memory to which it refers."));
13320 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13321
13322 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
13323 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13324 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13325 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13326 an expression is read.\n\
13327 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13328 the memory to which it refers."));
13329 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13330
13331 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
13332 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13333 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13334 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13335 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13336 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13337 the memory to which it refers."));
13338 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13339
13340 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
13341 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13342
13343 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13344 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13345 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
13346 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
13347 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13348 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13349 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13350 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13351 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13352 hardware.)"),
13353 NULL,
13354 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
13355 &setlist, &showlist);
13356
13357 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
13358
13359 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13360
13361 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
13362 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13363 \n"
13364 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13365 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13366 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13367
13368 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
13369 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13370 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13371 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13372
13373 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
13374 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13375 \n"
13376 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13377 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13378 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13379
13380 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
13381 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13382 \n\
13383 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13384 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13385 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13386 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13387 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13388 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13389 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13390 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13391 the selected stack frame.\n\
13392 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13393 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13394 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13395 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13396 \n\
13397 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13398 \n\
13399 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13400 conditions are different.\n\
13401 \n\
13402 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13403 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13404 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13405
13406 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
13407 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13408 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13409 last tracepoint set."));
13410
13411 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13412
13413 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
13414 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13415 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13416 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13417 &deletelist);
13418
13419 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
13420 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13421 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13422 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13423 &disablelist);
13424 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
13425
13426 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
13427 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13428 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13429 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13430 &enablelist);
13431 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
13432
13433 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
13434 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13435 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13436 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13437 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13438
13439 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
13440 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13441 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
13442 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13443
13444 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
13445 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13446 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13447 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13448 session to restore them."),
13449 &save_cmdlist);
13450 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13451
13452 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
13453 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13454 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13455 &save_cmdlist);
13456 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13457
13458 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
13459 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
13460
13461 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13462 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13463 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13464 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13465 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
13466 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
13467 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13468 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13469 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13470 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13471 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
13472 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
13473
13474 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
13475 &pending_break_support, _("\
13476 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13477 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13478 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13479 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13480 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13481 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13482 NULL,
13483 show_pending_break_support,
13484 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13485 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13486
13487 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
13488
13489 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
13490 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
13491 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13492 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13493 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
13494 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
13495 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
13496 NULL,
13497 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
13498 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13499 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13500
13501 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
13502 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
13503 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13504 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13505 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
13506 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
13507 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
13508 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
13509 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
13510 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
13511 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
13512 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
13513 NULL,
13514 &show_always_inserted_mode,
13515 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13516 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13517
13518 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
13519 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
13520 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
13521 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
13522 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
13523 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
13524 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
13525 or the start of the range\n\
13526 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
13527 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
13528 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
13529 \n\
13530 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
13531 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
13532 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
13533
13534 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
13535
13536 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
13537 }
This page took 0.364646 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.